* breakpoint.c (find_condition_and_thread): Initialize
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
94
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
98 void *),
99 void *);
100
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
102
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
104
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result *,
109 enum bptype, char *,
110 char **);
111
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 struct linespec_sals *,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype,
116 enum bpdisp, int, int,
117 int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
120
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
123
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
125
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
127
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
129
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
131
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
133
134 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
135 enum bptype,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
137 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
138 const struct symtab_and_line *);
139
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
141 static. */
142 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
143 struct symtab_and_line,
144 enum bptype,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
146
147 static struct breakpoint *
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
149 enum bptype type,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
151
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
153
154 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
155 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
156 enum bptype bptype);
157
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
159 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
160 struct obj_section *, int);
161
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
163 CORE_ADDR addr1,
164 struct address_space *aspace2,
165 CORE_ADDR addr2);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
227
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
229 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
230
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
234
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
236 CORE_ADDR pc);
237
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
241
242 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
243
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
245
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
247
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
249
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
251
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
253
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
255
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
261
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
263
264 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
265
266 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
267
268 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
269 otherwise. */
270
271 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
272
273 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
274 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
275 char *cond_string,
276 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
277
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 from. */
280 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
281
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
286
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
289
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
292
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
295
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 breakpoints. */
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
302
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
305
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
317 dprintf_style_gdb,
318 dprintf_style_call,
319 dprintf_style_agent,
320 NULL
321 };
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 has disconnected. */
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
348 {
349 /* The reference count. */
350 int refc;
351
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
354 };
355
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 {
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
360 }
361
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
364
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
366
367 const char *
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 {
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 a breakpoint. */
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
376 }
377
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
382
383 static void
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
386 const char *value)
387 {
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
391 value);
392 }
393
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 static void
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
402 const char *value)
403 {
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
407 value);
408 }
409
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 static void
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
418 const char *value)
419 {
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
422 value);
423 }
424
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
432
433 static void
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 {
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 value,
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 else
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
445 value);
446 }
447
448 int
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 {
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
453 }
454
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
465 NULL
466 };
467
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
478 evaluation mode. */
479
480 static const char *
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 {
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 {
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 else
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
489 }
490 else
491 return mode;
492 }
493
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
495
496 static const char *
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 {
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
500 }
501
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
503 otherwise. */
504
505 static int
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 {
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
511 }
512
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
527
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
533 B = TMP)
534
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
542 BP_TMP++)
543
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
549
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 BP_LOCP_START \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
557
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
581
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 by a target. */
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598
599 static int breakpoint_count;
600
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608
609 static int tracepoint_count;
610
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 static int
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 {
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
620 }
621
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
623
624 static void
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 {
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
630 }
631
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
637 breakpoint made. */
638
639 void
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 {
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
643 }
644
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
646 breakpoint made. */
647
648 void
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 {
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
652 }
653
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
655
656 void
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 {
659 struct breakpoint *b;
660
661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
662 b->hit_count = 0;
663 }
664
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 {
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
673
674 result->refc = 1;
675 result->commands = commands;
676 return result;
677 }
678
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
680
681 static void
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
683 {
684 if (cmd)
685 ++cmd->refc;
686 }
687
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
691
692 static void
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
694 {
695 if (*cmdp)
696 {
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 {
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
700 xfree (*cmdp);
701 }
702 *cmdp = NULL;
703 }
704 }
705
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
707
708 static void
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 {
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
712 }
713
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
715 argument. */
716
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 {
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
721 }
722
723 \f
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
726
727 struct breakpoint *
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 {
730 struct breakpoint *b;
731
732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
733 if (b->number == num)
734 return b;
735
736 return NULL;
737 }
738
739 \f
740
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
743
744 static void
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 {
747 struct bp_location *loc;
748
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 side. */
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 return;
756
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
758 return;
759
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
762 }
763
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
766
767 static void
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 {
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 side. */
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
776
777 return;
778
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
780 return;
781
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
783 }
784
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
787
788 static void
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 {
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 {
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
800 return;
801 }
802
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 {
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
819 */
820
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 {
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 target. */
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
827 }
828 else
829 {
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
836 }
837
838 /* Do the update. */
839 update_global_location_list (1);
840 }
841
842 return;
843 }
844
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
847
848 static void
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 {
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 value,
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 else
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
860 value);
861 }
862
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
866
867 static int
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 {
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872
873 if (a->address == b->address)
874 return 0;
875 else
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
877 }
878
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
882 return NULL. */
883
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 {
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
894
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
902 return NULL;
903
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
908 locp_found--;
909
910 return locp_found;
911 }
912
913 void
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
915 int from_tty)
916 {
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
919
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 {
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
923
924 xfree (w->cond_exp);
925 w->cond_exp = NULL;
926 }
927 else
928 {
929 struct bp_location *loc;
930
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
932 {
933 xfree (loc->cond);
934 loc->cond = NULL;
935
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
939 }
940 }
941
942 if (*exp == 0)
943 {
944 if (from_tty)
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
946 }
947 else
948 {
949 char *arg = exp;
950
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 innermost_block = NULL;
961 arg = exp;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 if (*arg)
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
966 }
967 else
968 {
969 struct bp_location *loc;
970
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
972 {
973 arg = exp;
974 loc->cond =
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 if (*arg)
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
979 }
980 }
981 }
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983
984 breakpoints_changed ();
985 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
986 }
987
988 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989
990 static VEC (char_ptr) *
991 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
992 {
993 char *space;
994
995 text = skip_spaces (text);
996 space = skip_to_space (text);
997 if (*space == '\0')
998 {
999 int len;
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1002
1003 if (text[0] == '$')
1004 {
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return NULL;
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1009 }
1010
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1013
1014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1015 {
1016 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1017 struct bp_location *loc;
1018 int count = 1;
1019
1020 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1021 {
1022 char location[50];
1023
1024 if (single)
1025 sprintf (location, "%d", b->number);
1026 else
1027 sprintf (location, "%d.%d", b->number, count);
1028
1029 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1030 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1031
1032 ++count;
1033 }
1034 }
1035
1036 return result;
1037 }
1038
1039 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1040 text = skip_spaces (space);
1041 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1042 }
1043
1044 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1045
1046 static void
1047 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1048 {
1049 struct breakpoint *b;
1050 char *p;
1051 int bnum;
1052
1053 if (arg == 0)
1054 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1055
1056 p = arg;
1057 bnum = get_number (&p);
1058 if (bnum == 0)
1059 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1060
1061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1062 if (b->number == bnum)
1063 {
1064 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1065 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1066 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1067 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1068 if (b->py_bp_object
1069 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1070 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1071 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1072 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1073
1074 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1075 update_global_location_list (1);
1076
1077 return;
1078 }
1079
1080 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1081 }
1082
1083 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1084 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1085 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1086
1087 static void
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1089 {
1090 struct command_line *c;
1091
1092 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1093 {
1094 int i;
1095
1096 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1097 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1098 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1099
1100 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1101 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1102
1103 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1104 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1105 command directly. */
1106 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1107 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1108
1109 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1110 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1111 }
1112 }
1113
1114 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1115
1116 static int
1117 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1118 {
1119 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1120 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1121 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1122 }
1123
1124 int
1125 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1126 {
1127 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1128 }
1129
1130 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1131 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1132 found. */
1133
1134 static void
1135 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1136 struct command_line *commands)
1137 {
1138 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1139 {
1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1142 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1143 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1144 struct command_line *c;
1145 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1147 {
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1149 {
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1156
1157 if (while_stepping)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1160 else
1161 while_stepping = c;
1162 }
1163 }
1164 if (while_stepping)
1165 {
1166 struct command_line *c2;
1167
1168 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1169 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1170 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1171 {
1172 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1173 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1174 }
1175 }
1176 }
1177 else
1178 {
1179 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1180 }
1181 }
1182
1183 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1184 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1185
1186 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1187 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1188 {
1189 struct breakpoint *b;
1190 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1191 struct bp_location *loc;
1192
1193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1194 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1195 {
1196 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1197 if (loc->address == addr)
1198 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1199 }
1200
1201 return found;
1202 }
1203
1204 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1205 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1206
1207 void
1208 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1209 struct command_line *commands)
1210 {
1211 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1212
1213 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1214 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1215 breakpoints_changed ();
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1217 }
1218
1219 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1220 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1221 commands. */
1222
1223 void
1224 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1225 {
1226 int old_silent = b->silent;
1227
1228 b->silent = silent;
1229 if (old_silent != silent)
1230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1231 }
1232
1233 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1234 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1235
1236 void
1237 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1238 {
1239 int old_thread = b->thread;
1240
1241 b->thread = thread;
1242 if (old_thread != thread)
1243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1244 }
1245
1246 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1247 breakpoint work for any task. */
1248
1249 void
1250 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1251 {
1252 int old_task = b->task;
1253
1254 b->task = task;
1255 if (old_task != task)
1256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1257 }
1258
1259 void
1260 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1261 {
1262 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1263
1264 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1265 }
1266
1267 /* A structure used to pass information through
1268 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1269
1270 struct commands_info
1271 {
1272 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1273 int from_tty;
1274
1275 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1276 char *arg;
1277
1278 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1279 already-parsed command. */
1280 struct command_line *control;
1281
1282 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1283 yet been read. */
1284 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1285 };
1286
1287 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1288 commands_command. */
1289
1290 static void
1291 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1292 {
1293 struct commands_info *info = data;
1294
1295 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1296 {
1297 struct command_line *l;
1298
1299 if (info->control != NULL)
1300 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1301 else
1302 {
1303 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1304 char *str;
1305
1306 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1307 "%s, one per line."),
1308 info->arg);
1309
1310 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1311
1312 l = read_command_lines (str,
1313 info->from_tty, 1,
1314 (is_tracepoint (b)
1315 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1316 b);
1317
1318 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1319 }
1320
1321 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1322 }
1323
1324 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1325 do anything. */
1326 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1327 {
1328 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1329 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1330 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1331 b->commands = info->cmd;
1332 breakpoints_changed ();
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1334 }
1335 }
1336
1337 static void
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1340 {
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1343
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1346 info.cmd = NULL;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1350
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1352 {
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1355 breakpoint_count);
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1358 else
1359 {
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1363 arg = NULL;
1364 }
1365 }
1366 else
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1368 our argument. */
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1370
1371 if (arg != NULL)
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1373
1374 info.arg = arg;
1375
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1377
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1380
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1382 }
1383
1384 static void
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1386 {
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1388 }
1389
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1392
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1397 {
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1400 }
1401
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1403
1404 static int
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1406 {
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1408 return 0;
1409 if (!bl->inserted)
1410 return 0;
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1413 return 0;
1414 return 1;
1415 }
1416
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1419
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1423
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1432 and:
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1434
1435 void
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1439 {
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1441 search. */
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1443
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1447
1448 bc_l = 0;
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1451 {
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1453
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1456
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1461
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1465
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1467 >= bl->address)
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 <= memaddr))
1470 bc_l = bc;
1471 else
1472 bc_r = bc;
1473 }
1474
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1480 B:
1481
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1483
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1487 and L2. */
1488 while (bc_l > 0
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1490 bc_l--;
1491
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1493
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1495 {
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1498 int bp_size = 0;
1499 int bptoffset = 0;
1500
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1504 bl->owner->number);
1505
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1507 content. */
1508
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1512 break;
1513
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1515 continue;
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1518 continue;
1519
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1521 we need to copy. */
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1524
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1527 are reading. */
1528 continue;
1529
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1532 reading. */
1533 continue;
1534
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1537 {
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1541 bp_addr = memaddr;
1542 }
1543
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1545 {
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1548 }
1549
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1551 {
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1557
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1559 shadow. */
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1562 }
1563 else
1564 {
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1569
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1573
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1575 address. */
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1577
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1581 }
1582 }
1583 }
1584 \f
1585
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1587 breakpoint. */
1588
1589 int
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1591 {
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1595 }
1596
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1598
1599 static int
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1601 {
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1608 software. */
1609
1610 int
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1612 {
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1625
1626 static int
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1628 {
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1633 }
1634
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1637
1638 static void
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1640 {
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1642
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1644 {
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1650 }
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1652 }
1653
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1658 in b->loc->cond.
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1660
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1663 it.
1664
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1673
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1682 not changed.
1683
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1686
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1689
1690 [linux]
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1702
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1705
1706 static void
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1708 {
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1711 int frame_saved;
1712
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1717 return;
1718
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1720 return;
1721
1722 frame_saved = 0;
1723
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1727 else
1728 {
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1732
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1737 return;
1738
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1743 selected frame. */
1744 frame_saved = 1;
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1746
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1750 select_frame (fi);
1751 }
1752
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1756 b->base.loc = NULL;
1757
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1759 {
1760 char *s;
1761
1762 if (b->exp)
1763 {
1764 xfree (b->exp);
1765 b->exp = NULL;
1766 }
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1774 b->val = NULL;
1775 b->val_valid = 0;
1776
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1781 {
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1783 {
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1785 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1786 }
1787
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1790 }
1791 }
1792
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution)
1799 {
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1803 }
1804 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1805 {
1806 int pc = 0;
1807 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1808 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1809
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1811
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1817 watchpoints. */
1818 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1819 {
1820 b->val = v;
1821 b->val_valid = 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1825
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1828 {
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1835 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1836 {
1837 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1838
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1842 if (v == result
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1845 {
1846 CORE_ADDR addr;
1847 int len, type;
1848 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1849
1850 addr = value_address (v);
1851 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1852 type = hw_write;
1853 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1854 type = hw_read;
1855 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1856 type = hw_access;
1857
1858 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1859 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1860 ;
1861 *tmp = loc;
1862 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1863
1864 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1865 loc->address = addr;
1866 loc->length = len;
1867 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1868 }
1869 }
1870 }
1871
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1875 is started. */
1876 if (reparse)
1877 {
1878 int reg_cnt;
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1880 struct bp_location *bl;
1881
1882 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1883
1884 if (reg_cnt)
1885 {
1886 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1887 enum bptype type;
1888
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1892
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type = b->base.type;
1902 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1903 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1904
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1909 manually. */
1910
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1913
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1916
1917 target_resources_ok
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1919 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1920 {
1921 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1922
1923 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1932 }
1933 else
1934 {
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1938 nop. */
1939 b->base.type = type;
1940 }
1941 }
1942 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1945 else
1946 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1947
1948 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1950 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1951 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1952 }
1953
1954 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1955 {
1956 next = value_next (v);
1957 if (v != b->val)
1958 value_free (v);
1959 }
1960
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1966 {
1967 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1968 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1969 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1970 base->loc->address = -1;
1971 base->loc->length = -1;
1972 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1973 }
1974 }
1975 else if (!within_current_scope)
1976 {
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 b->base.number);
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1982 }
1983
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 if (frame_saved)
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1987 }
1988
1989
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 static int
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1997 {
1998 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1999 return 0;
2000
2001 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2002 return 0;
2003
2004 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2005 return 0;
2006
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2008 return 0;
2009
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2019 return 0;
2020
2021 return 1;
2022 }
2023
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2026
2027 static int
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2029 {
2030 int result;
2031 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2032
2033 bl->duplicate = 0;
2034 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2035 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2036 return result;
2037 }
2038
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2043
2044 static struct agent_expr *
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2046 {
2047 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2048 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2049 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2050
2051 if (!cond)
2052 return NULL;
2053
2054 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2055 that may show up. */
2056 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2057 {
2058 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2059 }
2060
2061 if (ex.reason < 0)
2062 {
2063 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2064 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2065 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2066 return NULL;
2067 }
2068
2069 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2070 return aexpr;
2071 }
2072
2073 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2074 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2075 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2076 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2077 one of them is true. */
2078
2079 static void
2080 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2081 {
2082 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2083 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2084 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2085 struct bp_location *loc;
2086
2087 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2088 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2089 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2090 side. */
2091 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2092 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2093 return;
2094
2095 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2096 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2097 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2098 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2099 response back to GDB. */
2100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2101 {
2102 loc = (*loc2p);
2103 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2104 {
2105 if (modified)
2106 {
2107 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2108
2109 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2110 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2111 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2112 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2113 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2114 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2115
2116 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2117 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2118 to the target. */
2119 if (aexpr)
2120 continue;
2121 }
2122
2123 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2124 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2125 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2126 {
2127 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2128 break;
2129 }
2130 }
2131 }
2132
2133 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2134 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2135 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2136
2137 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2138 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2139 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2140 {
2141 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2142 {
2143 loc = (*loc2p);
2144 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2145 {
2146 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2147 located. */
2148 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2149 return;
2150
2151 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2152 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2153 }
2154 }
2155 }
2156
2157 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2158 for this location's address. */
2159 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2160 {
2161 loc = (*loc2p);
2162 if (loc->cond
2163 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2164 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2165 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2166 && loc->enabled)
2167 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2168 conditions to the target. */
2169 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2170 loc->cond_bytecode);
2171 }
2172
2173 return;
2174 }
2175
2176 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2177 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2178 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2179
2180 static struct agent_expr *
2181 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2182 {
2183 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2184 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2185 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2186 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2187 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2188 char *cmdrest;
2189 char *format_start, *format_end;
2190 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2191 int nargs;
2192 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2193
2194 if (!cmd)
2195 return NULL;
2196
2197 cmdrest = cmd;
2198
2199 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2200 ++cmdrest;
2201 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2202
2203 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2204 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2205
2206 format_start = cmdrest;
2207
2208 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2209
2210 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2211
2212 format_end = cmdrest;
2213
2214 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2215 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2216
2217 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2218
2219 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2220 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2221
2222 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2223 cmdrest++;
2224 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2225
2226 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2227
2228 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2229 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2230
2231 nargs = 0;
2232 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2233 {
2234 char *cmd1;
2235
2236 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2237 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2238 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2239 cmdrest = cmd1;
2240 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2241 ++cmdrest;
2242 }
2243
2244 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2245 that may show up. */
2246 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2247 {
2248 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2249 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2250 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2251 }
2252
2253 if (ex.reason < 0)
2254 {
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2258 return NULL;
2259 }
2260
2261 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2262
2263 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2264 return aexpr;
2265 }
2266
2267 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2268 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2269 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2270
2271 static void
2272 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2273 {
2274 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2275 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2276 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2277 struct bp_location *loc;
2278
2279 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2280 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2281 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2282 return;
2283
2284 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2285 return;
2286
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2293 {
2294 loc = (*loc2p);
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2296 {
2297 if (modified)
2298 {
2299 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2300
2301 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2306 loc->owner->extra_string);
2307 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2308
2309 if (!aexpr)
2310 continue;
2311 }
2312
2313 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2314 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2315 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2316 {
2317 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2318 break;
2319 }
2320 }
2321 }
2322
2323 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2324 and so clean up. */
2325 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2326 {
2327 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2328 {
2329 loc = (*loc2p);
2330 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2331 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2332 {
2333 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2334 located. */
2335 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2336 return;
2337
2338 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2339 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2340 }
2341 }
2342 }
2343
2344 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2345 for this location's address. */
2346 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2347 {
2348 loc = (*loc2p);
2349 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2350 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2351 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2352 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2353 && loc->enabled)
2354 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2355 to send the commands to the target. */
2356 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2357 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2358 }
2359
2360 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2361 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2362 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2363 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2364 }
2365
2366 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2367 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2368 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2369 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2370 -1 for failure.
2371
2372 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2373 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2374 static int
2375 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2376 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2377 int *disabled_breaks,
2378 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
2379 {
2380 int val = 0;
2381
2382 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2383 return 0;
2384
2385 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2386 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2387 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2388 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2389 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2390 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2391 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2392 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2394 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2395 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2396 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2397
2398 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2399 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2400 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2401 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2402
2403 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2404 {
2405 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2406 build_target_command_list (bl);
2407 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2408 bl->needs_update = 0;
2409 }
2410
2411 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2412 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2413 {
2414 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2415 {
2416 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2417 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2418 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2419
2420 Two important cases are:
2421 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2422 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2423 hardware breakpoint.
2424 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2425 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2426 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2427 so we undo.
2428
2429 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2430 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2431 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2432 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2433 gdb. */
2434 struct mem_region *mr
2435 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2436
2437 if (mr)
2438 {
2439 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2440 {
2441 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2442
2443 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2444 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2445 else
2446 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2447
2448 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2449 {
2450 static int said = 0;
2451
2452 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2453 if (!said)
2454 {
2455 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2456 _("Note: automatically using "
2457 "hardware breakpoints for "
2458 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2459 said = 1;
2460 }
2461 }
2462 }
2463 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2464 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2465 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2466 "at readonly address %s"),
2467 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2468 }
2469 }
2470
2471 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2472 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2473 || bl->section == NULL
2474 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2475 {
2476 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2477
2478 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2479 }
2480 else
2481 {
2482 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2483 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2484 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2485 {
2486 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2487 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2488 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2489 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2490 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2491 bl->owner->number);
2492 else
2493 {
2494 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2495 bl->section);
2496 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2497 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2498 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2499 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2500 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2501 if (val != 0)
2502 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2503 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2504 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2505 bl->owner->number);
2506 }
2507 }
2508 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2509 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2510 {
2511 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2512 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2513 }
2514 else
2515 {
2516 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2517 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2518 return 0;
2519 }
2520 }
2521
2522 if (val)
2523 {
2524 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2525 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2526 {
2527 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2528 val = 0;
2529 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2530 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2531 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2532 {
2533 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2534 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2535 bl->owner->number);
2536 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2537 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2538 "library breakpoints:\n");
2539 }
2540 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2541 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2542 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2543 }
2544 else
2545 {
2546 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2547 {
2548 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2550 "Cannot insert hardware "
2551 "breakpoint %d.\n",
2552 bl->owner->number);
2553 }
2554 else
2555 {
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2557 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2558 bl->owner->number);
2559 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2560 "Error accessing memory address ");
2561 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2562 tmp_error_stream);
2563 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2564 safe_strerror (val));
2565 }
2566
2567 }
2568 }
2569 else
2570 bl->inserted = 1;
2571
2572 return val;
2573 }
2574
2575 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2576 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2577 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2578 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2579 {
2580 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2581 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2582
2583 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2584
2585 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2586 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2587 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2588 {
2589 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2590
2591 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2592 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2593 of this one. */
2594 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2595 if (loc != bl
2596 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2597 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2598 {
2599 bl->duplicate = 1;
2600 bl->inserted = 1;
2601 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2602 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2603 val = 0;
2604 break;
2605 }
2606
2607 if (val == 1)
2608 {
2609 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2610 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2611
2612 if (val)
2613 /* Back to the original value. */
2614 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2615 }
2616 }
2617
2618 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2619 }
2620
2621 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2622 {
2623 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2624 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2625
2626 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2627 if (val)
2628 {
2629 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2630
2631 if (val == 1)
2632 warning (_("\
2633 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2634 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2635 else
2636 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2637 }
2638
2639 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2640
2641 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2642 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2643 so just return success. */
2644 return 0;
2645 }
2646
2647 return 0;
2648 }
2649
2650 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2651 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2652 PSPACE anymore. */
2653
2654 void
2655 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2656 {
2657 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2658 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2659
2660 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2662 {
2663 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2664 delete_breakpoint (b);
2665 }
2666
2667 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2668 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2669 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2670 {
2671 struct bp_location *tmp;
2672
2673 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2674 {
2675 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2676 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2677 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2678 else
2679 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2680 if (tmp->next == loc)
2681 {
2682 tmp->next = loc->next;
2683 break;
2684 }
2685 }
2686 }
2687
2688 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2689 removed locations above. */
2690 update_global_location_list (0);
2691 }
2692
2693 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2694 Throws exception on any error.
2695 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2696 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2697 void
2698 insert_breakpoints (void)
2699 {
2700 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2701
2702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2703 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2704 {
2705 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2706
2707 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2708 }
2709
2710 update_global_location_list (1);
2711
2712 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2713 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2714 now. */
2715 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2716 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2717 }
2718
2719 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2720
2721 void
2722 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2723 {
2724 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2725
2726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2727 {
2728 callback (loc, NULL);
2729 }
2730 }
2731
2732 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2733 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2734 always-inserted mode. */
2735
2736 static void
2737 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2738 {
2739 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2740 int error_flag = 0;
2741 int val = 0;
2742 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2743 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2744
2745 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2746 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2747
2748 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2749 there was an error. */
2750 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2751
2752 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2753
2754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2755 {
2756 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2757 breakpoints. */
2758 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2759 continue;
2760
2761 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2762 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2763 deletion of breakpoints. */
2764 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2765 continue;
2766
2767 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2768
2769 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2770 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2771 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2772 insert breakpoints. */
2773 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2774 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2775 continue;
2776
2777 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2778 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2779 if (val)
2780 error_flag = val;
2781 }
2782
2783 if (error_flag)
2784 {
2785 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2786 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2787 }
2788
2789 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2790 }
2791
2792 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2793
2794 static void
2795 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2796 {
2797 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2798 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2799 int error_flag = 0;
2800 int val = 0;
2801 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2802 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2803
2804 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2805 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2806
2807 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2808 there was an error. */
2809 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2810
2811 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2812
2813 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2814 {
2815 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2816 continue;
2817
2818 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2819 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2820 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2821 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2822 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2823 continue;
2824
2825 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2826
2827 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2828 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2829 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2830 insert breakpoints. */
2831 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2832 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2833 continue;
2834
2835 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2836 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2837 if (val)
2838 error_flag = val;
2839 }
2840
2841 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2842 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2843 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2844 {
2845 int some_failed = 0;
2846 struct bp_location *loc;
2847
2848 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2849 continue;
2850
2851 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2852 continue;
2853
2854 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2855 continue;
2856
2857 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2858 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2859 {
2860 some_failed = 1;
2861 break;
2862 }
2863 if (some_failed)
2864 {
2865 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2866 if (loc->inserted)
2867 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2868
2869 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2870 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2871 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2872 bpt->number);
2873 error_flag = -1;
2874 }
2875 }
2876
2877 if (error_flag)
2878 {
2879 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2880 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2881 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2882 {
2883 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2884 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2885 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2886 }
2887 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2888 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2889 }
2890
2891 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Used when the program stops.
2895 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2896 removing a breakpoint location. */
2897
2898 int
2899 remove_breakpoints (void)
2900 {
2901 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2902 int val = 0;
2903
2904 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2905 {
2906 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2907 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2908 }
2909 return val;
2910 }
2911
2912 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2913
2914 int
2915 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2916 {
2917 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2918 int val;
2919 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2920
2921 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2922 {
2923 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2924 continue;
2925
2926 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2927 continue;
2928
2929 if (bl->inserted)
2930 {
2931 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2932 if (val != 0)
2933 return val;
2934 }
2935 }
2936 return 0;
2937 }
2938
2939 int
2940 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2941 {
2942 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2943 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2944 int val;
2945 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2946 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2947 struct inferior *inf;
2948 struct thread_info *tp;
2949
2950 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2951 if (tp == NULL)
2952 return 1;
2953
2954 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2955 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2956
2957 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2958
2959 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2960 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2961
2962 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2963 {
2964 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2965 continue;
2966
2967 if (bl->inserted)
2968 {
2969 bl->inserted = 0;
2970 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2971 if (val != 0)
2972 {
2973 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2974 return val;
2975 }
2976 }
2977 }
2978 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2979 return 0;
2980 }
2981
2982 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2983
2984 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2985 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2986 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2987 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2988 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2989 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2990 static void
2991 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2992 {
2993 if (internal)
2994 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2995 else
2996 {
2997 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2998 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2999 }
3000 }
3001
3002 static struct breakpoint *
3003 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3004 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3005 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3006 {
3007 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3008 struct breakpoint *b;
3009
3010 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3011
3012 sal.pc = address;
3013 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3014 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3015
3016 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3017 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3018 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3019
3020 return b;
3021 }
3022
3023 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3024 {
3025 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3026 };
3027 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3028
3029 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3030 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3031 {
3032 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3033 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3034
3035 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3036 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3037
3038 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3039 int longjmp_searched;
3040
3041 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3042 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3043
3044 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3045 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3046
3047 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3048 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3049
3050 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3051 int exception_searched;
3052
3053 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3054 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3055 };
3056
3057 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3058
3059 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3060 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3061
3062 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3063
3064 static int
3065 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3066 {
3067 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3068 }
3069
3070 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3071 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3072
3073 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3074 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3075 {
3076 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3077
3078 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3079 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3080 {
3081 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3082 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3083
3084 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3085 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3086 }
3087 return bp_objfile_data;
3088 }
3089
3090 static void
3091 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3092 {
3093 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3094
3095 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3096 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3097 }
3098
3099 static void
3100 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3101 {
3102 struct objfile *objfile;
3103 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3104
3105 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3106 {
3107 struct breakpoint *b;
3108 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3109 CORE_ADDR addr;
3110
3111 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3112
3113 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3114 continue;
3115
3116 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3117 {
3118 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3119
3120 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3121 if (m == NULL)
3122 {
3123 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3124 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3125 continue;
3126 }
3127 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3128 }
3129
3130 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3131 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3132 bp_overlay_event,
3133 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3134 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3135
3136 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3137 {
3138 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3139 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3140 }
3141 else
3142 {
3143 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3144 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3145 }
3146 }
3147 update_global_location_list (1);
3148 }
3149
3150 static void
3151 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3152 {
3153 struct program_space *pspace;
3154 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3155
3156 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3157
3158 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3159 {
3160 struct objfile *objfile;
3161
3162 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3163
3164 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3165 {
3166 int i;
3167 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3168 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3169
3170 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3171 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3172 continue;
3173
3174 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3175
3176 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3177 {
3178 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3179 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3180 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3181 }
3182
3183 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3184 {
3185 int i;
3186 struct probe *probe;
3187 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3188
3189 for (i = 0;
3190 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3191 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3192 i, probe);
3193 ++i)
3194 {
3195 struct breakpoint *b;
3196
3197 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3198 bp_longjmp_master,
3199 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3200 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3201 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3202 }
3203
3204 continue;
3205 }
3206
3207 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3208 {
3209 struct breakpoint *b;
3210 const char *func_name;
3211 CORE_ADDR addr;
3212
3213 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3214 continue;
3215
3216 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3217 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3218 {
3219 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3220
3221 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3222 if (m == NULL)
3223 {
3224 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3225 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3226 continue;
3227 }
3228 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3229 }
3230
3231 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3232 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3233 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3234 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3235 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3236 }
3237 }
3238 }
3239 update_global_location_list (1);
3240
3241 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3242 }
3243
3244 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3245 static void
3246 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3247 {
3248 struct program_space *pspace;
3249 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3250 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3251
3252 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3253
3254 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3255 {
3256 struct objfile *objfile;
3257 CORE_ADDR addr;
3258
3259 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3260
3261 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3262 {
3263 struct breakpoint *b;
3264 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3265
3266 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3267
3268 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3269 continue;
3270
3271 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3272 {
3273 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3274
3275 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3276 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3277 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3278 {
3279 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3280 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3281 continue;
3282 }
3283 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3284 }
3285
3286 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3287 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3288 bp_std_terminate_master,
3289 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3290 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3291 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3292 }
3293 }
3294
3295 update_global_location_list (1);
3296
3297 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3298 }
3299
3300 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3301
3302 static void
3303 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3304 {
3305 struct objfile *objfile;
3306 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3307
3308 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3309 {
3310 struct breakpoint *b;
3311 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3312 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3313 CORE_ADDR addr;
3314
3315 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3316
3317 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3318 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3319 {
3320 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3321 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3322 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3323 }
3324
3325 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3326 {
3327 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3328 int i;
3329 struct probe *probe;
3330
3331 for (i = 0;
3332 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3333 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3334 i, probe);
3335 ++i)
3336 {
3337 struct breakpoint *b;
3338
3339 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3340 bp_exception_master,
3341 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3342 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3343 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3344 }
3345
3346 continue;
3347 }
3348
3349 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3350
3351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3352 continue;
3353
3354 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3355
3356 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3357 {
3358 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3359
3360 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3361 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3362 {
3363 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3364 continue;
3365 }
3366
3367 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3368 }
3369
3370 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3371 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3372 &current_target);
3373 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3374 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3375 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3376 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3377 }
3378
3379 update_global_location_list (1);
3380 }
3381
3382 void
3383 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3384 {
3385 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3386 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3387
3388 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3389 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3390 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3391 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3392 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3393 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3394 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3395 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3397 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3398 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3399
3400 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3401 {
3402 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3403 continue;
3404
3405 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3406 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3407 {
3408 delete_breakpoint (b);
3409 continue;
3410 }
3411
3412 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3413 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3414 {
3415 delete_breakpoint (b);
3416 continue;
3417 }
3418
3419 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3420 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3421 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3422 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3423 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3424 {
3425 delete_breakpoint (b);
3426 continue;
3427 }
3428
3429 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3430 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3431 {
3432 delete_breakpoint (b);
3433 continue;
3434 }
3435
3436 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3437 after an exec. */
3438 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3439 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3440 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3441 {
3442 delete_breakpoint (b);
3443 continue;
3444 }
3445
3446 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3447 {
3448 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3449 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3450 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3451 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3452 continue;
3453 }
3454
3455 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3456 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3457 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3458 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3459 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3460 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3461
3462 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3463 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3464 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3465 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3466 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3467 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3468 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3469
3470 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3471 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3472 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3473 let finish_command delete it.
3474
3475 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3476 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3477 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3478 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3479 solib breakpoints.) */
3480
3481 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3482 {
3483 continue;
3484 }
3485
3486 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3487 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3488 a.out. */
3489 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3490 {
3491 delete_breakpoint (b);
3492 continue;
3493 }
3494 }
3495 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3496 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3497 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3498 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3499 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3500 }
3501
3502 int
3503 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
3504 {
3505 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3506 int val = 0;
3507 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3508 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3509
3510 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3511 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3512
3513 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3514 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
3515 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3516 {
3517 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3518 continue;
3519
3520 if (bl->inserted)
3521 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3522 }
3523
3524 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3525 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3526
3527 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3528 return val;
3529 }
3530
3531 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3532 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3533 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3534 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3535 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3536
3537 static int
3538 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3539 {
3540 int val;
3541
3542 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3543 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3544
3545 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3546 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3547 return 0;
3548
3549 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3550 This should not ever happen. */
3551 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3552
3553 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3554 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3555 {
3556 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3557 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3558 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3559
3560 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3561 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3562 || bl->section == NULL
3563 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3564 {
3565 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3566 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3567 }
3568 else
3569 {
3570 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3571 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3572 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3573 {
3574 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3575 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3576 */
3577 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3578 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3579 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3580 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3581 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3582 else
3583 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3584 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3585 }
3586 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3587 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3588 if (bl->inserted)
3589 {
3590 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3591 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3592 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3593 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3594
3595 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3596 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3597 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3598 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3599 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3600 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3601 else
3602 val = 0;
3603 }
3604 else
3605 {
3606 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3607 val = 0;
3608 }
3609 }
3610
3611 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3612 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3613 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3614 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3615 val = 0;
3616
3617 if (val)
3618 return val;
3619 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3620 }
3621 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3622 {
3623 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3624 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3625
3626 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3627 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3628
3629 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3630 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3631 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3632 bl->owner->number);
3633 }
3634 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3635 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3636 && !bl->duplicate)
3637 {
3638 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3639 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3640
3641 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3642 if (val)
3643 return val;
3644
3645 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3646 }
3647
3648 return 0;
3649 }
3650
3651 static int
3652 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3653 {
3654 int ret;
3655 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3656
3657 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3658 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3659
3660 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3661 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3662 return 0;
3663
3664 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3665 This should not ever happen. */
3666 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3667
3668 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3669
3670 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3671
3672 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3673
3674 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3675 return ret;
3676 }
3677
3678 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3679
3680 void
3681 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3682 {
3683 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3684
3685 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3686 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3687 bl->inserted = 0;
3688 }
3689
3690 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3691 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3692
3693 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3694 between runs.
3695
3696 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3697 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3698 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3699
3700
3701
3702 void
3703 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3704 {
3705 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3706 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3707 int ix;
3708 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3709
3710 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3711 nothing to do. */
3712 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3713 return;
3714
3715 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3716 {
3717 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3718 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3719 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3720 bl->inserted = 0;
3721 }
3722
3723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3724 {
3725 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3726 continue;
3727
3728 switch (b->type)
3729 {
3730 case bp_call_dummy:
3731 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3732
3733 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3734 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3735 rid of it. */
3736
3737 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3738
3739 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3740
3741 case bp_shlib_event:
3742
3743 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3744 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3745 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3746 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3747 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3748
3749 (gdb) file prog-linux
3750 (gdb) run # native linux target
3751 ...
3752 (gdb) kill
3753 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3754 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3755 */
3756
3757 case bp_step_resume:
3758
3759 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3760
3761 delete_breakpoint (b);
3762 break;
3763
3764 case bp_watchpoint:
3765 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3766 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3767 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3768 {
3769 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3770
3771 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3772 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3773 delete_breakpoint (b);
3774 else if (context == inf_starting)
3775 {
3776 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3777 insert_breakpoints. */
3778 if (w->val)
3779 value_free (w->val);
3780 w->val = NULL;
3781 w->val_valid = 0;
3782 }
3783 }
3784 break;
3785 default:
3786 break;
3787 }
3788 }
3789
3790 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3791 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3792 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3793 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3794 }
3795
3796 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3797 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3798 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3799 match, not program space. */
3800
3801 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3802 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3803 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3804 permanent breakpoint.
3805 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3806 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3807 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3808 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3809 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3810
3811 enum breakpoint_here
3812 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3813 {
3814 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3815 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3816
3817 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3818 {
3819 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3820 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3821 continue;
3822
3823 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3824 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3825 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3826 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3827 {
3828 if (overlay_debugging
3829 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3830 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3831 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3832 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3833 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3834 else
3835 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3836 }
3837 }
3838
3839 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3840 }
3841
3842 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3843
3844 int
3845 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3846 {
3847 struct bp_location *loc;
3848 int ix;
3849
3850 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3851 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3852 return 1;
3853
3854 return 0;
3855 }
3856
3857 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3858 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3859 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3860 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3861
3862 int
3863 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3864 CORE_ADDR pc)
3865 {
3866 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3867
3868 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3869 {
3870 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3871 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3872 continue;
3873
3874 if (bl->inserted
3875 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3876 {
3877 if (overlay_debugging
3878 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3879 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3880 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3881 else
3882 return 1;
3883 }
3884 }
3885 return 0;
3886 }
3887
3888 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3889 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3890
3891 int
3892 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3893 {
3894 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3895 return 1;
3896
3897 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3898 return 1;
3899
3900 return 0;
3901 }
3902
3903 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3904 inserted at PC. */
3905
3906 int
3907 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3908 CORE_ADDR pc)
3909 {
3910 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3911
3912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3913 {
3914 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3915 continue;
3916
3917 if (bl->inserted
3918 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3919 aspace, pc))
3920 {
3921 if (overlay_debugging
3922 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3923 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3924 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3925 else
3926 return 1;
3927 }
3928 }
3929
3930 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3931 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3932 return 1;
3933
3934 return 0;
3935 }
3936
3937 int
3938 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3939 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3940 {
3941 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3942
3943 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3944 {
3945 struct bp_location *loc;
3946
3947 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3948 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3949 continue;
3950
3951 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3952 continue;
3953
3954 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3955 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3956 {
3957 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3958
3959 /* Check for intersection. */
3960 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3961 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3962 if (l < h)
3963 return 1;
3964 }
3965 }
3966 return 0;
3967 }
3968
3969 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3970 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3971
3972 int
3973 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3974 ptid_t ptid)
3975 {
3976 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3977 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3978 int thread = -1;
3979 int task = 0;
3980
3981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3982 {
3983 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3984 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3985 continue;
3986
3987 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3988 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3989 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3990 continue;
3991
3992 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3993 continue;
3994
3995 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3996 {
3997 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3998 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3999 it is now time to do so. */
4000 if (thread == -1)
4001 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4002 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4003 continue;
4004 }
4005
4006 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4007 {
4008 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4009 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4010 it is now time to do so. */
4011 if (task == 0)
4012 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4013 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4014 continue;
4015 }
4016
4017 if (overlay_debugging
4018 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4019 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4020 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4021
4022 return 1;
4023 }
4024
4025 return 0;
4026 }
4027 \f
4028
4029 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4030 in breakpoint.h. */
4031
4032 int
4033 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4034 {
4035 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4036 }
4037
4038 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4039 'next' chain. */
4040
4041 static void
4042 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4043 {
4044 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4045 value_free (bs->old_val);
4046 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4047 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4048 xfree (bs);
4049 }
4050
4051 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4052 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4053
4054 void
4055 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4056 {
4057 bpstat p;
4058 bpstat q;
4059
4060 if (bsp == 0)
4061 return;
4062 p = *bsp;
4063 while (p != NULL)
4064 {
4065 q = p->next;
4066 bpstat_free (p);
4067 p = q;
4068 }
4069 *bsp = NULL;
4070 }
4071
4072 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4073 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4074
4075 bpstat
4076 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4077 {
4078 bpstat p = NULL;
4079 bpstat tmp;
4080 bpstat retval = NULL;
4081
4082 if (bs == NULL)
4083 return bs;
4084
4085 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4086 {
4087 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4088 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4089 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4090 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4091 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4092 {
4093 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4094 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4095 }
4096
4097 if (p == NULL)
4098 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4099 retval = tmp;
4100 else
4101 p->next = tmp;
4102 p = tmp;
4103 }
4104 p->next = NULL;
4105 return retval;
4106 }
4107
4108 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4109
4110 bpstat
4111 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4112 {
4113 if (bsp == NULL)
4114 return NULL;
4115
4116 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4117 {
4118 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4119 return bsp;
4120 }
4121 return NULL;
4122 }
4123
4124 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4125 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4126 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4127 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4128
4129 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4130 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4131 we set it.
4132 Return 1 otherwise. */
4133
4134 int
4135 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4136 {
4137 struct breakpoint *b;
4138
4139 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4140 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4141
4142 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4143 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4144 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4145 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4146 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4147 if (b == NULL)
4148 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4149
4150 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4151 return 1;
4152 }
4153
4154 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4155
4156 void
4157 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4158 {
4159 struct thread_info *tp;
4160 bpstat bs;
4161
4162 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4163 return;
4164
4165 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4166 if (tp == NULL)
4167 return;
4168
4169 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4170 {
4171 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4172
4173 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4174 {
4175 value_free (bs->old_val);
4176 bs->old_val = NULL;
4177 }
4178 }
4179 }
4180
4181 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4182
4183 static void
4184 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4185 {
4186 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4187 {
4188 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4189
4190 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4191 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4192 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4193 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4194 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4195 return;
4196 }
4197
4198 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4199 }
4200
4201 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4202 command. */
4203 static void
4204 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4205 {
4206 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4207 }
4208
4209 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4210 or its equivalent. */
4211
4212 static int
4213 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4214 {
4215 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4216 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4217 }
4218
4219 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4220 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4221 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4222 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4223
4224 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4225 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4226 bpstat of the current thread. */
4227
4228 static int
4229 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4230 {
4231 bpstat bs;
4232 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4233 int again = 0;
4234
4235 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4236 in bs->commands. */
4237 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4238 return 0;
4239
4240 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4241 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4242
4243 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4244
4245 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4246 bs = *bsp;
4247
4248 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4249 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4250 {
4251 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4252 struct command_line *cmd;
4253 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4254
4255 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4256
4257 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4258 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4259 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4260 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4261 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4262 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4263 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4264 the tree when we're done. */
4265 ccmd = bs->commands;
4266 bs->commands = NULL;
4267 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4268 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4269 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4270 {
4271 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4272 cmd = cmd->next;
4273 }
4274
4275 while (cmd != NULL)
4276 {
4277 execute_control_command (cmd);
4278
4279 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4280 break;
4281 else
4282 cmd = cmd->next;
4283 }
4284
4285 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4286 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4287
4288 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4289 {
4290 if (target_can_async_p ())
4291 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4292 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4293 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4294 ;
4295 else
4296 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4297 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4298 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4299 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4300 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4301 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4302 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4303 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4304 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4305 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4306 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4307 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4308 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4309 again = 1;
4310 break;
4311 }
4312 }
4313 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4314 return again;
4315 }
4316
4317 void
4318 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4319 {
4320 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4321
4322 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4323 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4324 && target_has_execution
4325 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4326 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4327 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4328 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4329 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4330 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4331 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4332 break;
4333
4334 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4335 }
4336
4337 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4338
4339 static void
4340 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4341 {
4342 if (val == NULL)
4343 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4344 else
4345 {
4346 struct value_print_options opts;
4347 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4348 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4349 }
4350 }
4351
4352 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4353 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4354 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4355 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4356 normal_stop(). */
4357
4358 static enum print_stop_action
4359 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4360 {
4361 switch (bs->print_it)
4362 {
4363 case print_it_noop:
4364 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4365 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4366 break;
4367
4368 case print_it_done:
4369 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4370 relevant messages. */
4371 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4372 break;
4373
4374 case print_it_normal:
4375 {
4376 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4377
4378 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4379 which has since been deleted. */
4380 if (b == NULL)
4381 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4382
4383 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4384 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4385 }
4386 break;
4387
4388 default:
4389 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4390 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4391 break;
4392 }
4393 }
4394
4395 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4396
4397 static void
4398 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4399 {
4400 int any_deleted
4401 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4402 int any_added
4403 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4404
4405 if (!is_catchpoint)
4406 {
4407 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4408 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4409 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4410 else
4411 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4412 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4413 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4414 }
4415
4416 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4417 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4418 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4419
4420 if (any_deleted)
4421 {
4422 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4423 char *name;
4424 int ix;
4425
4426 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4427 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4428 "removed");
4429 for (ix = 0;
4430 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4431 ix, name);
4432 ++ix)
4433 {
4434 if (ix > 0)
4435 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4436 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4437 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4438 }
4439
4440 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4441 }
4442
4443 if (any_added)
4444 {
4445 struct so_list *iter;
4446 int ix;
4447 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4448
4449 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4450 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4451 "added");
4452 for (ix = 0;
4453 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4454 ix, iter);
4455 ++ix)
4456 {
4457 if (ix > 0)
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4459 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4461 }
4462
4463 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4464 }
4465 }
4466
4467 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4468 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4469 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4470 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4471 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4472 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4473 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4474 routine is one of:
4475
4476 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4477 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4478 code to print the location. An example is
4479 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4480 the location.
4481 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4482 to also print the location part of the message.
4483 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4484 don't require a location appended to the end.
4485 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4486 further info to be printed. */
4487
4488 enum print_stop_action
4489 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4490 {
4491 int val;
4492
4493 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4494 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4495 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4496 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4497 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4498 {
4499 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4500 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4501 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4502 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4503 return val;
4504 }
4505
4506 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4507 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4508 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4509 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4510 {
4511 print_solib_event (0);
4512 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4513 }
4514
4515 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4516 with and nothing was printed. */
4517 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4518 }
4519
4520 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4521 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4522 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4523 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4524
4525 static int
4526 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4527 {
4528 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4529 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4530
4531 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4532 return i;
4533 }
4534
4535 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4536
4537 static bpstat
4538 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4539 {
4540 bpstat bs;
4541
4542 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4543 bs->next = NULL;
4544 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4545 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4546 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4547 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4548 incref_bp_location (bl);
4549 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4550 bs->commands = NULL;
4551 bs->old_val = NULL;
4552 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4553 return bs;
4554 }
4555 \f
4556 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4557 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4558
4559 int
4560 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4561 {
4562 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4563 CORE_ADDR addr;
4564 struct breakpoint *b;
4565
4566 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4567 {
4568 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4569 as not triggered. */
4570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4571 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4572 {
4573 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4574
4575 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4576 }
4577
4578 return 0;
4579 }
4580
4581 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4582 {
4583 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4584 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4586 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4587 {
4588 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4589
4590 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4591 }
4592
4593 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4594 }
4595
4596 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4597 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4598 triggered. */
4599
4600 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4601 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4602 {
4603 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4604 struct bp_location *loc;
4605
4606 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4607 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4608 {
4609 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4610 {
4611 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4612 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4613
4614 if (newaddr == start)
4615 {
4616 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4617 break;
4618 }
4619 }
4620 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4621 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4622 addr, loc->address,
4623 loc->length))
4624 {
4625 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4626 break;
4627 }
4628 }
4629 }
4630
4631 return 1;
4632 }
4633
4634 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4635 because of check_errors). */
4636 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4637 #define WP_DELETED 1
4638 /* The value has changed. */
4639 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4640 /* The value has not changed. */
4641 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4642 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4643 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4644
4645 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4646 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4647
4648 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4649 changed.
4650
4651 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4652 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4653
4654 static int
4655 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4656 {
4657 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4658 struct watchpoint *b;
4659 struct frame_info *fr;
4660 int within_current_scope;
4661
4662 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4663 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4664 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4665
4666 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4667 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4668 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4669 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4670 return WP_IGNORE;
4671
4672 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4673 within_current_scope = 1;
4674 else
4675 {
4676 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4677 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4678 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4679
4680 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4681 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4682 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4683 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4684 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4685 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4686 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4687 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4688 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4689 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4690 return WP_IGNORE;
4691
4692 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4693 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4694
4695 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4696 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4697 if (within_current_scope)
4698 {
4699 struct symbol *function;
4700
4701 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4702 if (function == NULL
4703 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4704 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4705 within_current_scope = 0;
4706 }
4707
4708 if (within_current_scope)
4709 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4710 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4711 the user. */
4712 select_frame (fr);
4713 }
4714
4715 if (within_current_scope)
4716 {
4717 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4718 time before we return to the command level and call
4719 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4720 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4721
4722 int pc = 0;
4723 struct value *mark;
4724 struct value *new_val;
4725
4726 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4727 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4728 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4729 a mask watchpoint. */
4730 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4731
4732 mark = value_mark ();
4733 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4734
4735 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4736 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4737 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4738 not what we want. */
4739 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4740 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4741 {
4742 if (new_val != NULL)
4743 {
4744 release_value (new_val);
4745 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4746 }
4747 bs->old_val = b->val;
4748 b->val = new_val;
4749 b->val_valid = 1;
4750 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4751 }
4752 else
4753 {
4754 /* Nothing changed. */
4755 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4756 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4757 }
4758 }
4759 else
4760 {
4761 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4762
4763 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4764 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4765 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4766 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4767 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4768 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4769 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4770 the first value assigned). */
4771 /* We print all the stop information in
4772 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4773 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4774 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4775 here. */
4776 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4777 ui_out_field_string
4778 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4779 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4780 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4781 ui_out_text (uiout,
4782 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4783 which its expression is valid.\n");
4784
4785 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4786 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4787 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4788
4789 return WP_DELETED;
4790 }
4791 }
4792
4793 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4794 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4795 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4796
4797 static int
4798 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4799 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4800 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4801 {
4802 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4803
4804 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4805 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4806
4807 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4808 }
4809
4810 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4811 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4812
4813 static void
4814 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4815 {
4816 const struct bp_location *bl;
4817 struct watchpoint *b;
4818
4819 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4820 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4821 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4822 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4823 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4824
4825 {
4826 int must_check_value = 0;
4827
4828 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4829 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4830 watched value. */
4831 must_check_value = 1;
4832 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4833 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4834 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4835 this watchpoint. */
4836 must_check_value = 1;
4837 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4838 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4839 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4840 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4841 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4842 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4843 must_check_value = 1;
4844
4845 if (must_check_value)
4846 {
4847 char *message
4848 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4849 b->base.number);
4850 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4851 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4852 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4853 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4854 switch (e)
4855 {
4856 case WP_DELETED:
4857 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4858 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4859 /* Stop. */
4860 break;
4861 case WP_IGNORE:
4862 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4863 bs->stop = 0;
4864 break;
4865 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4866 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4867 {
4868 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4869
4870 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4871 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4872 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4873 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4874 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4875 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4876 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4877 old value.
4878
4879 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4880 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4881 happen:
4882
4883 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4884 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4885 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4886 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4887
4888 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4889 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4890 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4891 watchpoint.
4892
4893 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4894 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4895 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4896 changes. This still gives false positives when
4897 the program writes the same value to memory as
4898 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4899 it for a read), but it's much better than
4900 nothing. */
4901
4902 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4903
4904 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4905 {
4906 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4907
4908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4909 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4910 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4911 {
4912 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4913 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4914
4915 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4916 == watch_triggered_yes)
4917 {
4918 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4919 break;
4920 }
4921 }
4922 }
4923
4924 if (other_write_watchpoint
4925 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4926 {
4927 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4928 and the value changed since the last time we
4929 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4930 Ignore it. */
4931 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4932 bs->stop = 0;
4933 }
4934 }
4935 break;
4936 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4937 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4938 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4939 {
4940 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4941 the value hasn't changed. */
4942 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4943 bs->stop = 0;
4944 }
4945 /* Stop. */
4946 break;
4947 default:
4948 /* Can't happen. */
4949 case 0:
4950 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4951 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4952 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4953 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4954 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4955 break;
4956 }
4957 }
4958 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4959 {
4960 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4961 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4962 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4963 anything for this watchpoint. */
4964 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4965 bs->stop = 0;
4966 }
4967 }
4968 }
4969
4970
4971 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4972 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4973 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4974
4975 static void
4976 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4977 {
4978 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4979 const struct bp_location *bl;
4980 struct breakpoint *b;
4981
4982 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4983 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4984 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4985 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4986 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4987
4988 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4989 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4990 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4991
4992 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4993 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4994 bs->stop = 0;
4995 else if (bs->stop)
4996 {
4997 int value_is_zero = 0;
4998 struct expression *cond;
4999
5000 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5001 method implemented. */
5002 if (b->py_bp_object)
5003 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5004
5005 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5006 {
5007 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5008
5009 cond = w->cond_exp;
5010 }
5011 else
5012 cond = bl->cond;
5013
5014 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5015 {
5016 int within_current_scope = 1;
5017 struct watchpoint * w;
5018
5019 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5020 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5021 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5022 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5023 function call. */
5024 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5025
5026 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5027 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5028 else
5029 w = NULL;
5030
5031 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5032 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5033 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5034 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5035 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5036 call site. */
5037 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5038 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5039 else
5040 {
5041 struct frame_info *frame;
5042
5043 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5044 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5045 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5046 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5047 really matter which instantiation of the function
5048 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5049 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5050 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5051 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5052 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5053 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5054 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5055 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5056 intuitive. */
5057 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5058 if (frame != NULL)
5059 select_frame (frame);
5060 else
5061 within_current_scope = 0;
5062 }
5063 if (within_current_scope)
5064 value_is_zero
5065 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5066 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5067 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5068 else
5069 {
5070 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5071 "in the current scope"));
5072 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5073 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5074 value_is_zero = 0;
5075 }
5076 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5077 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5078 }
5079
5080 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5081 {
5082 bs->stop = 0;
5083 }
5084 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5085 {
5086 bs->stop = 0;
5087 }
5088 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5089 {
5090 b->ignore_count--;
5091 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5092 bs->stop = 0;
5093 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5094 ++(b->hit_count);
5095 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5096 }
5097 }
5098 }
5099
5100
5101 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5102 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5103
5104 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5105 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5106 that:
5107
5108 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5109
5110 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5111
5112 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5113 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5114 several reasons concurrently.)
5115
5116 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5117 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5118
5119 bpstat
5120 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5121 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5122 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5123 {
5124 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5125 struct bp_location *bl;
5126 struct bp_location *loc;
5127 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5128 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5129 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5130 bpstat bs;
5131 int ix;
5132 int need_remove_insert;
5133 int removed_any;
5134
5135 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5136 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5137 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5138 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5139 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5140 inferior function calls. */
5141
5142 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5143 {
5144 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5145 continue;
5146
5147 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5148 {
5149 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5150 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5151 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5152 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5153 checked all locations already. */
5154 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5155 break;
5156
5157 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
5158 continue;
5159
5160 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5161 continue;
5162
5163 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5164 matches. */
5165
5166 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5167 explain stop. */
5168
5169 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5170 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5171 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5172 bs->stop = 1;
5173 bs->print = 1;
5174
5175 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5176 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5177 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5178 iteration. */
5179 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5180 {
5181 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5182
5183 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5184 }
5185 }
5186 }
5187
5188 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5189 {
5190 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5191 {
5192 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5193 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5194 bs->stop = 0;
5195 bs->print = 0;
5196 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5197 }
5198 }
5199
5200 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5201 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5202 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5203 "catch unload". */
5204 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5205 {
5206 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5207 {
5208 handle_solib_event ();
5209 break;
5210 }
5211 }
5212
5213 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5214 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5215 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5216
5217 removed_any = 0;
5218
5219 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5220 {
5221 if (!bs->stop)
5222 continue;
5223
5224 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5225 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5226 if (bs->stop)
5227 {
5228 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5229
5230 if (bs->stop)
5231 {
5232 ++(b->hit_count);
5233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5234
5235 /* We will stop here. */
5236 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5237 {
5238 --(b->enable_count);
5239 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5240 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5241 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5242 removed_any = 1;
5243 }
5244 if (b->silent)
5245 bs->print = 0;
5246 bs->commands = b->commands;
5247 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5248 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5249 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5250 bs->print = 0;
5251 }
5252
5253 }
5254
5255 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5256 print. */
5257 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5258 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5259 }
5260
5261 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5262 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5263 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5264 done later. */
5265 need_remove_insert = 0;
5266 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5267 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5268 if (!bs->stop
5269 && bs->breakpoint_at
5270 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5271 {
5272 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5273
5274 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5275 need_remove_insert = 1;
5276 }
5277
5278 if (need_remove_insert)
5279 update_global_location_list (1);
5280 else if (removed_any)
5281 update_global_location_list (0);
5282
5283 return bs_head;
5284 }
5285
5286 static void
5287 handle_jit_event (void)
5288 {
5289 struct frame_info *frame;
5290 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5291
5292 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5293 breakpoint_re_set. */
5294 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5295
5296 frame = get_current_frame ();
5297 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5298
5299 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5300
5301 target_terminal_inferior ();
5302 }
5303
5304 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5305
5306 void
5307 handle_solib_event (void)
5308 {
5309 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5310
5311 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5312 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5313 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5314 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5315 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5316 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5317 #else
5318 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5319 #endif
5320 target_terminal_inferior ();
5321 }
5322
5323 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5324
5325 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5326
5327 struct bpstat_what
5328 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5329 {
5330 struct bpstat_what retval;
5331 int jit_event = 0;
5332 bpstat bs;
5333
5334 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5335 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5336 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5337
5338 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5339 {
5340 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5341 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5342 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5343 enum bptype bptype;
5344
5345 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5346 {
5347 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5348 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5349 bptype = bp_none;
5350 }
5351 else
5352 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5353
5354 switch (bptype)
5355 {
5356 case bp_none:
5357 break;
5358 case bp_breakpoint:
5359 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5360 case bp_until:
5361 case bp_finish:
5362 case bp_shlib_event:
5363 if (bs->stop)
5364 {
5365 if (bs->print)
5366 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5367 else
5368 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5369 }
5370 else
5371 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5372 break;
5373 case bp_watchpoint:
5374 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5375 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5376 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5377 if (bs->stop)
5378 {
5379 if (bs->print)
5380 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5381 else
5382 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5383 }
5384 else
5385 {
5386 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5387 This requires no further action. */
5388 }
5389 break;
5390 case bp_longjmp:
5391 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5392 case bp_exception:
5393 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5394 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5395 break;
5396 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5397 case bp_exception_resume:
5398 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5399 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5400 break;
5401 case bp_step_resume:
5402 if (bs->stop)
5403 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5404 else
5405 {
5406 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5407 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5408 }
5409 break;
5410 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5411 if (bs->stop)
5412 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5413 else
5414 {
5415 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5416 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5417 }
5418 break;
5419 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5420 case bp_thread_event:
5421 case bp_overlay_event:
5422 case bp_longjmp_master:
5423 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5424 case bp_exception_master:
5425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5426 break;
5427 case bp_catchpoint:
5428 if (bs->stop)
5429 {
5430 if (bs->print)
5431 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5432 else
5433 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5434 }
5435 else
5436 {
5437 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5438 This requires no further action. */
5439 }
5440 break;
5441 case bp_jit_event:
5442 jit_event = 1;
5443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5444 break;
5445 case bp_call_dummy:
5446 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5447 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5448 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5449 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5450 break;
5451 case bp_std_terminate:
5452 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5453 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5454 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5455 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5456 break;
5457 case bp_tracepoint:
5458 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5459 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5460 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5461 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5462 out already. */
5463 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5464 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5465 break;
5466 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5467 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5468 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5469 break;
5470 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5471 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5472 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5473 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5474 break;
5475
5476 case bp_dprintf:
5477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5478 break;
5479
5480 default:
5481 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5482 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5483 }
5484
5485 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5486 }
5487
5488 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5489 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5490
5491 if (jit_event)
5492 {
5493 if (debug_infrun)
5494 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5495
5496 handle_jit_event ();
5497 }
5498
5499 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5500 {
5501 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5502
5503 if (b == NULL)
5504 continue;
5505 switch (b->type)
5506 {
5507 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5508 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5509 break;
5510 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5511 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5512 break;
5513 }
5514 }
5515
5516 return retval;
5517 }
5518
5519 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5520 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5521 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5522
5523 int
5524 bpstat_should_step (void)
5525 {
5526 struct breakpoint *b;
5527
5528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5529 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5530 return 1;
5531 return 0;
5532 }
5533
5534 int
5535 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5536 {
5537 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5538 if (bs->stop)
5539 return 1;
5540
5541 return 0;
5542 }
5543
5544 \f
5545
5546 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5547 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5548 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5549
5550 static char *
5551 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5552 {
5553 static char wrap_indent[80];
5554 int i, total_width, width, align;
5555 char *text;
5556
5557 total_width = 0;
5558 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5559 {
5560 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5561 {
5562 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5563 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5564 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5565
5566 return wrap_indent;
5567 }
5568
5569 total_width += width + 1;
5570 }
5571
5572 return NULL;
5573 }
5574
5575 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5576 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5577
5578 "host": Host evals condition.
5579 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5580 "target": Target evals condition.
5581 */
5582
5583 static const char *
5584 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5585 {
5586 struct bp_location *bl;
5587 char host_evals = 0;
5588 char target_evals = 0;
5589
5590 if (!b)
5591 return NULL;
5592
5593 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5594 return NULL;
5595
5596 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5597 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5598 return condition_evaluation_host;
5599
5600 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5601 {
5602 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5603 target_evals++;
5604 else
5605 host_evals++;
5606 }
5607
5608 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5609 return condition_evaluation_both;
5610 else if (target_evals)
5611 return condition_evaluation_target;
5612 else
5613 return condition_evaluation_host;
5614 }
5615
5616 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5617 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5618
5619 static const char *
5620 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5621 {
5622 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5623 return NULL;
5624
5625 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5626 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5627 return condition_evaluation_host;
5628
5629 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5630 return condition_evaluation_target;
5631 else
5632 return condition_evaluation_host;
5633 }
5634
5635 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5636
5637 static void
5638 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5639 struct bp_location *loc)
5640 {
5641 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5642 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5643
5644 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5645 loc = NULL;
5646
5647 if (loc != NULL)
5648 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5649
5650 if (b->display_canonical)
5651 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5652 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5653 {
5654 struct symbol *sym
5655 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5656 if (sym)
5657 {
5658 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5659 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5660 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5661 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5662 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5663 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5664 }
5665 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5666 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5667
5668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5669 {
5670 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5671 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5672
5673 if (fullname)
5674 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5675 }
5676
5677 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5678 }
5679 else if (loc)
5680 {
5681 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5682 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5683
5684 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5685 demangle, "");
5686 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5687
5688 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5689 }
5690 else
5691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5692
5693 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5694 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5695 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5696 {
5697 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5699 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5700 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5701 }
5702
5703 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5704 }
5705
5706 static const char *
5707 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5708 {
5709 struct ep_type_description
5710 {
5711 enum bptype type;
5712 char *description;
5713 };
5714 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5715 {
5716 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5717 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5718 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5719 {bp_until, "until"},
5720 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5721 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5722 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5723 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5724 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5725 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5726 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5727 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5728 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5729 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5730 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5731 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5732 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5733 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5734 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5735 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5736 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5737 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5738 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5739 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5740 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5741 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5742 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5743 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5744 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5745 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5746 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5747 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5748 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5749 };
5750
5751 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5752 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5753 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5754 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5755 (int) type);
5756
5757 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5758 }
5759
5760 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5761
5762 static void
5763 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5764 struct bp_location *loc,
5765 int loc_number,
5766 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5767 int allflag)
5768 {
5769 struct command_line *l;
5770 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5771
5772 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5773 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5774 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5775 struct value_print_options opts;
5776
5777 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5778
5779 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5780 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5781 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5782 if (loc == NULL
5783 && (b->loc != NULL
5784 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5785 header_of_multiple = 1;
5786 if (loc == NULL)
5787 loc = b->loc;
5788
5789 annotate_record ();
5790
5791 /* 1 */
5792 annotate_field (0);
5793 if (part_of_multiple)
5794 {
5795 char *formatted;
5796 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5797 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5798 xfree (formatted);
5799 }
5800 else
5801 {
5802 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5803 }
5804
5805 /* 2 */
5806 annotate_field (1);
5807 if (part_of_multiple)
5808 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5809 else
5810 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5811
5812 /* 3 */
5813 annotate_field (2);
5814 if (part_of_multiple)
5815 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5816 else
5817 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5818
5819
5820 /* 4 */
5821 annotate_field (3);
5822 if (part_of_multiple)
5823 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5824 else
5825 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5826 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5827 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5828
5829
5830 /* 5 and 6 */
5831 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5832 {
5833 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5834 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5835 make sure there's just one location. */
5836 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5837 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5838 }
5839 else
5840 switch (b->type)
5841 {
5842 case bp_none:
5843 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5844 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5845 break;
5846
5847 case bp_watchpoint:
5848 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5849 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5850 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5851 {
5852 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5853
5854 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5855 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5856 is relatively readable). */
5857 if (opts.addressprint)
5858 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5859 annotate_field (5);
5860 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5861 }
5862 break;
5863
5864 case bp_breakpoint:
5865 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5866 case bp_until:
5867 case bp_finish:
5868 case bp_longjmp:
5869 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5870 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5871 case bp_exception:
5872 case bp_exception_resume:
5873 case bp_step_resume:
5874 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5875 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5876 case bp_call_dummy:
5877 case bp_std_terminate:
5878 case bp_shlib_event:
5879 case bp_thread_event:
5880 case bp_overlay_event:
5881 case bp_longjmp_master:
5882 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5883 case bp_exception_master:
5884 case bp_tracepoint:
5885 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5886 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5887 case bp_dprintf:
5888 case bp_jit_event:
5889 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5890 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5891 if (opts.addressprint)
5892 {
5893 annotate_field (4);
5894 if (header_of_multiple)
5895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5896 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5898 else
5899 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5900 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5901 }
5902 annotate_field (5);
5903 if (!header_of_multiple)
5904 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5905 if (b->loc)
5906 *last_loc = b->loc;
5907 break;
5908 }
5909
5910
5911 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5912 are several. */
5913 if (loc != NULL
5914 && !header_of_multiple
5915 && (allflag
5916 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5917 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5918 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5919 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5920 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5921 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5922 {
5923 struct inferior *inf;
5924 int first = 1;
5925
5926 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5927 {
5928 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5929 {
5930 if (first)
5931 {
5932 first = 0;
5933 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5934 }
5935 else
5936 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5937 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5938 }
5939 }
5940 }
5941
5942 if (!part_of_multiple)
5943 {
5944 if (b->thread != -1)
5945 {
5946 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5947 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5948 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5949 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5950 }
5951 else if (b->task != 0)
5952 {
5953 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5954 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5955 }
5956 }
5957
5958 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5959
5960 if (!part_of_multiple)
5961 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5962
5963 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5964 {
5965 annotate_field (6);
5966 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5967 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5968 the frame ID. */
5969 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5970 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5971 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5972 }
5973
5974 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5975 {
5976 annotate_field (7);
5977 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5978 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5979 else
5980 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5982
5983 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5984 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5985 if (is_breakpoint (b)
5986 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5987 == condition_evaluation_target)
5988 {
5989 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5990 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5991 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
5992 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
5993 }
5994 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5995 }
5996
5997 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5998 {
5999 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6000 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6001 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6003 }
6004
6005 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
6006 {
6007 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6008 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6009 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6010 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6011 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6012 else
6013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6014 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6015 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6016 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6017 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6018 else
6019 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6020 }
6021
6022 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
6023 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
6024 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6025 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
6026 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6027
6028 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6029 {
6030 annotate_field (8);
6031 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6032 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6033 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6034 }
6035
6036 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6037 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6038 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6039 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6040 {
6041 annotate_field (8);
6042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6043 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6044 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6045 if (b->ignore_count)
6046 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6047 else
6048 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6050 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6051 }
6052
6053 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6054 {
6055 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6056
6057 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6058 {
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6060 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6061 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6062 }
6063 }
6064
6065 if (!part_of_multiple && b->extra_string
6066 && b->type == bp_dprintf && !b->commands)
6067 {
6068 annotate_field (7);
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t(agent printf) ");
6070 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "printf", b->extra_string);
6071 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6072 }
6073
6074 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6075 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6076 {
6077 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6078
6079 annotate_field (9);
6080 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6081 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6082 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6083 }
6084
6085 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6086 {
6087 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6088
6089 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6090 {
6091 annotate_field (10);
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6095 }
6096 }
6097
6098 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6099 {
6100 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6101 {
6102 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6103
6104 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6105 }
6106 else if (b->addr_string)
6107 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6108 }
6109 }
6110
6111 static void
6112 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6113 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6114 int allflag)
6115 {
6116 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6117 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6118
6119 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6120
6121 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6122 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6123
6124 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6125 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6126 locations, if any. */
6127 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6128 {
6129 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6130 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6131 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6132 situation.
6133
6134 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6135 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6136 if (b->loc
6137 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6138 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6139 {
6140 struct bp_location *loc;
6141 int n = 1;
6142
6143 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6144 {
6145 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6146 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6147 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6148 do_cleanups (inner2);
6149 }
6150 }
6151 }
6152 }
6153
6154 static int
6155 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6156 {
6157 int print_address_bits = 0;
6158 struct bp_location *loc;
6159
6160 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6161 {
6162 int addr_bit;
6163
6164 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6165 an address to print. */
6166 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6167 continue;
6168
6169 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6170 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6171 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6172 }
6173
6174 return print_address_bits;
6175 }
6176
6177 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6178 {
6179 int bnum;
6180 };
6181
6182 static int
6183 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6184 {
6185 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6186 struct breakpoint *b;
6187 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6188
6189 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6190 {
6191 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6192 {
6193 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6194 return GDB_RC_OK;
6195 }
6196 }
6197 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6198 }
6199
6200 enum gdb_rc
6201 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6202 char **error_message)
6203 {
6204 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6205
6206 args.bnum = bnum;
6207 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6208 an error. */
6209 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6210 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6211 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6212 else
6213 return GDB_RC_OK;
6214 }
6215
6216 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6217 internal or momentary. */
6218
6219 int
6220 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6221 {
6222 return b->number > 0;
6223 }
6224
6225 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6226 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6227 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6228 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6229 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6230 breakpoints listed. */
6231
6232 static int
6233 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6234 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6235 {
6236 struct breakpoint *b;
6237 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6238 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6239 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6240 struct value_print_options opts;
6241 int print_address_bits = 0;
6242 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6243 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6244
6245 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6246
6247 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6248 required for address fields. */
6249 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6250 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6251 {
6252 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6253 if (filter && !filter (b))
6254 continue;
6255
6256 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6257 accept. Skip the others. */
6258 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6259 {
6260 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6261 continue;
6262 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6263 continue;
6264 }
6265
6266 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6267 {
6268 int addr_bit, type_len;
6269
6270 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6271 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6272 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6273
6274 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6275 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6276 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6277
6278 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6279 }
6280 }
6281
6282 if (opts.addressprint)
6283 bkpttbl_chain
6284 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6285 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6286 "BreakpointTable");
6287 else
6288 bkpttbl_chain
6289 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6290 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6291 "BreakpointTable");
6292
6293 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6294 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6295 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6296 annotate_field (0);
6297 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6298 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6299 annotate_field (1);
6300 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6301 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6302 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6303 annotate_field (2);
6304 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6306 annotate_field (3);
6307 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6308 if (opts.addressprint)
6309 {
6310 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6311 annotate_field (4);
6312 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6313 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6314 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6315 else
6316 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6317 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6318 }
6319 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6320 annotate_field (5);
6321 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6322 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6323 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6324 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6325
6326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6327 {
6328 QUIT;
6329 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6330 if (filter && !filter (b))
6331 continue;
6332
6333 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6334 accept. Skip the others. */
6335
6336 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6337 {
6338 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6339 {
6340 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6341 continue;
6342 }
6343 else /* all others */
6344 {
6345 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6346 continue;
6347 }
6348 }
6349 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6350 allflag is set. */
6351 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6352 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6353 }
6354
6355 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6356
6357 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6358 {
6359 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6360 empty list. */
6361 if (!filter)
6362 {
6363 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6364 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6365 else
6366 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6367 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6368 args);
6369 }
6370 }
6371 else
6372 {
6373 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6374 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6375 }
6376
6377 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6378 there have been breakpoints? */
6379 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6380
6381 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6382 }
6383
6384 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6385 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6386
6387 static void
6388 default_collect_info (void)
6389 {
6390 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6391
6392 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6393 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6394 not wanted. */
6395 if (!*default_collect)
6396 return;
6397
6398 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6399 actions. */
6400 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6401 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6402 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6403 }
6404
6405 static void
6406 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6407 {
6408 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6409
6410 default_collect_info ();
6411 }
6412
6413 static void
6414 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6415 {
6416 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6417 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6418
6419 if (num_printed == 0)
6420 {
6421 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6422 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6423 else
6424 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6425 }
6426 }
6427
6428 static void
6429 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6430 {
6431 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6432
6433 default_collect_info ();
6434 }
6435
6436 static int
6437 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6438 struct program_space *pspace,
6439 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6440 {
6441 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6442
6443 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6444 {
6445 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6446 && bl->address == pc
6447 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6448 return 1;
6449 }
6450 return 0;
6451 }
6452
6453 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6454 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6455 address spaces. */
6456
6457 static void
6458 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6459 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6460 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6461 {
6462 int others = 0;
6463 struct breakpoint *b;
6464
6465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6466 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6467 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6468 if (others > 0)
6469 {
6470 if (others == 1)
6471 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6472 else /* if (others == ???) */
6473 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6475 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6476 {
6477 others--;
6478 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6479 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6480 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6481 else if (b->thread != -1)
6482 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6483 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6484 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6485 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6486 ? " (disabled)"
6487 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6488 ? " (permanent)"
6489 : ""),
6490 (others > 1) ? ","
6491 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6492 }
6493 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6494 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6495 printf_filtered (".\n");
6496 }
6497 }
6498 \f
6499
6500 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6501 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6502 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6503 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6504
6505 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6506 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6507 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6508 breakpoint at address zero:
6509
6510 bp_watchpoint
6511 bp_catchpoint
6512
6513 */
6514
6515 static int
6516 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6517 {
6518 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6519
6520 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6521 }
6522
6523 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6524 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6525
6526 static int
6527 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6528 struct bp_location *loc2)
6529 {
6530 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6531 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6532
6533 /* Both of them must exist. */
6534 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6535 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6536
6537 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6538 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6539 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6540 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6541 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6542 other watchpoint. */
6543 if ((w1->cond_exp
6544 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6545 loc1->length,
6546 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6547 w1->cond_exp))
6548 || (w2->cond_exp
6549 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6550 loc2->length,
6551 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6552 w2->cond_exp)))
6553 return 0;
6554
6555 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6556 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6557 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6558 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6559 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6560 become hw_access locations later. */
6561 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6562 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6563 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6564 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6565 }
6566
6567 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6568 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6569 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6570 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6571
6572 static int
6573 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6574 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6575 {
6576 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6577 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6578 && addr1 == addr2);
6579 }
6580
6581 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6582 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6583 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6584 space doesn't really matter. */
6585
6586 static int
6587 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6588 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6589 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6590 {
6591 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6592 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6593 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6594 }
6595
6596 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6597 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6598 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6599 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6600
6601 static int
6602 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6603 struct address_space *aspace,
6604 CORE_ADDR addr)
6605 {
6606 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6607 aspace, addr)
6608 || (bl->length
6609 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6610 bl->address, bl->length,
6611 aspace, addr)));
6612 }
6613
6614 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6615 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6616 true, otherwise returns false. */
6617
6618 static int
6619 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6620 struct bp_location *loc2)
6621 {
6622 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6623 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6624 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6625 different locations. */
6626 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6627 else
6628 return 0;
6629 }
6630
6631 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6632 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6633 represent the same location. */
6634
6635 static int
6636 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6637 struct bp_location *loc2)
6638 {
6639 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6640
6641 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6642 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6643 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6644
6645 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6646 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6647
6648 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6649 return 0;
6650 else if (hw_point1)
6651 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6652 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6653 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6654 else
6655 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6656 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6657 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6658 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6659 }
6660
6661 static void
6662 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6663 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6664 {
6665 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6666 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6667 char astr1[64];
6668 char astr2[64];
6669
6670 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6671 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6672 if (have_bnum)
6673 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6674 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6675 else
6676 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6677 }
6678
6679 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6680 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6681 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6682 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6683
6684 static CORE_ADDR
6685 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6686 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6687 {
6688 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6689 {
6690 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6691 return bpaddr;
6692 }
6693 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6694 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6695 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6696 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6697 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6698 {
6699 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6700 have their addresses modified. */
6701 return bpaddr;
6702 }
6703 else
6704 {
6705 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6706
6707 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6708 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6709 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6710
6711 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6712 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6713 is required. */
6714 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6715 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6716
6717 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6718 }
6719 }
6720
6721 void
6722 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6723 struct breakpoint *owner)
6724 {
6725 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6726
6727 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6728
6729 loc->ops = ops;
6730 loc->owner = owner;
6731 loc->cond = NULL;
6732 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6733 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6734 loc->enabled = 1;
6735
6736 switch (owner->type)
6737 {
6738 case bp_breakpoint:
6739 case bp_until:
6740 case bp_finish:
6741 case bp_longjmp:
6742 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6743 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6744 case bp_exception:
6745 case bp_exception_resume:
6746 case bp_step_resume:
6747 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6748 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6749 case bp_call_dummy:
6750 case bp_std_terminate:
6751 case bp_shlib_event:
6752 case bp_thread_event:
6753 case bp_overlay_event:
6754 case bp_jit_event:
6755 case bp_longjmp_master:
6756 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6757 case bp_exception_master:
6758 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6759 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6760 case bp_dprintf:
6761 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6762 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6763 break;
6764 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6765 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6766 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6767 break;
6768 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6769 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6770 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6771 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6772 break;
6773 case bp_watchpoint:
6774 case bp_catchpoint:
6775 case bp_tracepoint:
6776 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6777 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6778 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6779 break;
6780 default:
6781 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6782 }
6783
6784 loc->refc = 1;
6785 }
6786
6787 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6788
6789 static struct bp_location *
6790 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6791 {
6792 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6793 }
6794
6795 static void
6796 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6797 {
6798 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6799 xfree (loc);
6800 }
6801
6802 /* Increment reference count. */
6803
6804 static void
6805 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6806 {
6807 ++bl->refc;
6808 }
6809
6810 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6811 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6812
6813 static void
6814 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6815 {
6816 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6817
6818 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6819 free_bp_location (*blp);
6820 *blp = NULL;
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6824
6825 static void
6826 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6827 {
6828 struct breakpoint *b1;
6829
6830 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6831 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6832
6833 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6834 if (b1 == 0)
6835 breakpoint_chain = b;
6836 else
6837 {
6838 while (b1->next)
6839 b1 = b1->next;
6840 b1->next = b;
6841 }
6842 }
6843
6844 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6845
6846 static void
6847 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6848 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6849 enum bptype bptype,
6850 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6851 {
6852 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6853
6854 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6855
6856 b->ops = ops;
6857 b->type = bptype;
6858 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6859 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6860 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6861 b->thread = -1;
6862 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6863 b->next = 0;
6864 b->silent = 0;
6865 b->ignore_count = 0;
6866 b->commands = NULL;
6867 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6868 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6869 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6870 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6871 }
6872
6873 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6874 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6875
6876 static struct breakpoint *
6877 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6878 enum bptype bptype,
6879 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6880 {
6881 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6882
6883 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6884 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6885 return b;
6886 }
6887
6888 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6889 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6890 enough. */
6891
6892 static void
6893 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6894 {
6895 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6896
6897 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6898 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6899 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6900 {
6901 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6902 const char *function_name;
6903 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6904
6905 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6906 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6907
6908 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6909 {
6910 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6911
6912 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6913 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6914 &loc->requested_address))
6915 {
6916 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6917 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6918 loc->requested_address,
6919 b->type);
6920 }
6921 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6922 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6923 {
6924 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6925 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6926 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6927 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6928 breakpoint. */
6929 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6930 }
6931 }
6932
6933 if (function_name)
6934 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6935 }
6936 }
6937
6938 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6939 struct gdbarch *
6940 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6941 {
6942 if (sal.section)
6943 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6944 if (sal.symtab)
6945 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6946
6947 return NULL;
6948 }
6949
6950 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6951 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6952 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6953
6954 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6955 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6956 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6957
6958 static void
6959 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6960 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6961 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6962 {
6963 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6964
6965 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6966
6967 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6968 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6969
6970 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6971 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6972 program space. */
6973 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6974 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6975
6976 breakpoints_changed ();
6977 }
6978
6979 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6980 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6981 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6982 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6983 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6984 is also returned as the value of this function.
6985
6986 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6987 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6988 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6989 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6990 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6991 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6992 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6993
6994 struct breakpoint *
6995 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6996 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6997 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6998 {
6999 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7000
7001 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7002 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7003 return b;
7004 }
7005
7006
7007 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7008 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7009 void
7010 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7011 {
7012 struct bp_location *bl;
7013
7014 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7015
7016 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7017 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7018 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7019 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7020 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7021 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7022 bl->inserted = 1;
7023 }
7024
7025 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7026 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7027 initiated the operation. */
7028
7029 void
7030 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7031 {
7032 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7033 int thread = tp->num;
7034
7035 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7036 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7037 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7038 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7040 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7041 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7042 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7043 {
7044 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7045 struct breakpoint *clone;
7046
7047 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7048 after their removal. */
7049 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7050 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7051 clone->thread = thread;
7052 }
7053
7054 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7055 }
7056
7057 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7058 void
7059 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7060 {
7061 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7062
7063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7064 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7065 {
7066 if (b->thread == thread)
7067 delete_breakpoint (b);
7068 }
7069 }
7070
7071 void
7072 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7073 {
7074 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7075
7076 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7077 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7078 {
7079 if (b->thread == thread)
7080 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7081 }
7082 }
7083
7084 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7085 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7086 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7087 breakpoints. */
7088
7089 struct breakpoint *
7090 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7091 {
7092 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7093
7094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7095 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7096 {
7097 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7098
7099 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7100 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7101 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7102
7103 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7104
7105 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7106 if (retval == NULL)
7107 retval = new_b;
7108 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7109 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7110 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7111 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7112 }
7113
7114 return retval;
7115 }
7116
7117 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7118 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7119 stack.
7120
7121 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7122 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7123 frames. */
7124
7125 void
7126 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7127 {
7128 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7129
7130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7131 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7132 {
7133 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7134
7135 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7136 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7137 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7138 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7139 continue;
7140
7141 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7142
7143 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7144 {
7145 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7146 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7147 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7148 }
7149 delete_breakpoint (b);
7150 }
7151 }
7152
7153 void
7154 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7155 {
7156 struct breakpoint *b;
7157
7158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7159 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7160 {
7161 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7162 update_global_location_list (1);
7163 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7164 }
7165 }
7166
7167 void
7168 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7169 {
7170 struct breakpoint *b;
7171
7172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7173 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7174 {
7175 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7176 update_global_location_list (0);
7177 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7178 }
7179 }
7180
7181 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7182 master breakpoint. */
7183 void
7184 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7185 {
7186 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7187
7188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7189 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7190 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7191 {
7192 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7193 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7194 }
7195 }
7196
7197 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7198 void
7199 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7200 {
7201 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7202
7203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7204 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7205 delete_breakpoint (b);
7206 }
7207
7208 struct breakpoint *
7209 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7210 {
7211 struct breakpoint *b;
7212
7213 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7214 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7215
7216 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7217 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7218 b->addr_string
7219 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7220
7221 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7222
7223 return b;
7224 }
7225
7226 void
7227 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7228 {
7229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7230
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7232 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7233 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7234 delete_breakpoint (b);
7235 }
7236
7237 struct lang_and_radix
7238 {
7239 enum language lang;
7240 int radix;
7241 };
7242
7243 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7244
7245 struct breakpoint *
7246 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7247 {
7248 struct breakpoint *b;
7249
7250 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7251 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7252 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7253 return b;
7254 }
7255
7256 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7257
7258 void
7259 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7260 {
7261 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7262
7263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7264 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7265 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7266 delete_breakpoint (b);
7267 }
7268
7269 void
7270 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7271 {
7272 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7273
7274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7275 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7276 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7277 delete_breakpoint (b);
7278 }
7279
7280 struct breakpoint *
7281 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7282 {
7283 struct breakpoint *b;
7284
7285 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7286 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7287 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7288 return b;
7289 }
7290
7291 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7292 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7293
7294 void
7295 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7296 {
7297 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7298
7299 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7300 {
7301 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7302 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7303
7304 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7305 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7306 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7307 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7308 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7309 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7310 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7311 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7312 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7313 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7314 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7315 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7316 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7317 #else
7318 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7319 #endif
7320 )
7321 {
7322 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7323 }
7324 }
7325 }
7326
7327 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7328 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7329 disabled. */
7330
7331 static void
7332 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7333 {
7334 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7335 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7336
7337 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7338 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7339 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7340 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7341 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7342 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7343 return;
7344
7345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7346 {
7347 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7348 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7349
7350 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7351 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7352 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7353 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7354 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7355 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7356 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7357 || is_tracepoint (b))
7358 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7359 {
7360 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7361 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7362 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7363 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7364 loc->inserted = 0;
7365
7366 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7367 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7368
7369 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7370 {
7371 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7372 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7373 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7374 solib->so_name);
7375 }
7376 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7377 }
7378 }
7379 }
7380
7381 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7382
7383 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7384 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7385 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7386 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7387 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7388
7389 struct fork_catchpoint
7390 {
7391 /* The base class. */
7392 struct breakpoint base;
7393
7394 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7395 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7396 catchpoint has triggered. */
7397 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7398 };
7399
7400 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7401 catchpoints. */
7402
7403 static int
7404 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7405 {
7406 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7407 }
7408
7409 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7410 catchpoints. */
7411
7412 static int
7413 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7414 {
7415 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7416 }
7417
7418 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7419 catchpoints. */
7420
7421 static int
7422 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7423 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7424 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7425 {
7426 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7427
7428 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7429 return 0;
7430
7431 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7432 return 1;
7433 }
7434
7435 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7436 catchpoints. */
7437
7438 static enum print_stop_action
7439 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7440 {
7441 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7442 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7443 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7444
7445 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7446 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7448 else
7449 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7451 {
7452 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7454 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7455 }
7456 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7457 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7458 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7459 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7460 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7461 }
7462
7463 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7464 catchpoints. */
7465
7466 static void
7467 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7468 {
7469 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7470 struct value_print_options opts;
7471 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7472
7473 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7474
7475 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7476 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7477 readable). */
7478 if (opts.addressprint)
7479 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7480 annotate_field (5);
7481 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7482 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7483 {
7484 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7485 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7486 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7487 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7488 }
7489 }
7490
7491 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7492 catchpoints. */
7493
7494 static void
7495 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7496 {
7497 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7498 }
7499
7500 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7501 catchpoints. */
7502
7503 static void
7504 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7505 {
7506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7507 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7508 }
7509
7510 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7511
7512 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7513
7514 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7515 catchpoints. */
7516
7517 static int
7518 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7519 {
7520 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7521 }
7522
7523 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7524 catchpoints. */
7525
7526 static int
7527 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7528 {
7529 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7530 }
7531
7532 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7533 catchpoints. */
7534
7535 static int
7536 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7537 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7538 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7539 {
7540 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7541
7542 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7543 return 0;
7544
7545 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7546 return 1;
7547 }
7548
7549 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7550 catchpoints. */
7551
7552 static enum print_stop_action
7553 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7554 {
7555 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7556 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7557 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7558
7559 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7560 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7561 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7562 else
7563 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7564 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7565 {
7566 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7567 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7569 }
7570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7571 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7572 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7573 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7574 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7575 }
7576
7577 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7578 catchpoints. */
7579
7580 static void
7581 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7582 {
7583 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7584 struct value_print_options opts;
7585 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7586
7587 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7588 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7589 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7590 readable). */
7591 if (opts.addressprint)
7592 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7593 annotate_field (5);
7594 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7595 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7596 {
7597 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7598 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7599 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7600 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7601 }
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7605 catchpoints. */
7606
7607 static void
7608 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7609 {
7610 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7611 }
7612
7613 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7614 catchpoints. */
7615
7616 static void
7617 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7618 {
7619 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7620 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7621 }
7622
7623 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7624
7625 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7626
7627 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7628 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7629 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7630 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7631 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7632
7633 struct solib_catchpoint
7634 {
7635 /* The base class. */
7636 struct breakpoint base;
7637
7638 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7639 unsigned char is_load;
7640
7641 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7642 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7643 char *regex;
7644 regex_t compiled;
7645 };
7646
7647 static void
7648 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7649 {
7650 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7651
7652 if (self->regex)
7653 regfree (&self->compiled);
7654 xfree (self->regex);
7655
7656 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7657 }
7658
7659 static int
7660 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7661 {
7662 return 0;
7663 }
7664
7665 static int
7666 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7667 {
7668 return 0;
7669 }
7670
7671 static int
7672 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7673 struct address_space *aspace,
7674 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7675 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7676 {
7677 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7678 struct breakpoint *other;
7679
7680 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7681 return 1;
7682
7683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7684 {
7685 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7686
7687 if (other == bl->owner)
7688 continue;
7689
7690 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7691 continue;
7692
7693 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7694 continue;
7695
7696 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7697 {
7698 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7699 return 1;
7700 }
7701 }
7702
7703 return 0;
7704 }
7705
7706 static void
7707 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7708 {
7709 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7710 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7711 int ix;
7712
7713 if (self->is_load)
7714 {
7715 struct so_list *iter;
7716
7717 for (ix = 0;
7718 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7719 ix, iter);
7720 ++ix)
7721 {
7722 if (!self->regex
7723 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7724 return;
7725 }
7726 }
7727 else
7728 {
7729 char *iter;
7730
7731 for (ix = 0;
7732 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7733 ix, iter);
7734 ++ix)
7735 {
7736 if (!self->regex
7737 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7738 return;
7739 }
7740 }
7741
7742 bs->stop = 0;
7743 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7744 }
7745
7746 static enum print_stop_action
7747 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7748 {
7749 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7750 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7751
7752 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7753 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7754 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7755 else
7756 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7757 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7758 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7759 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7760 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7761 print_solib_event (1);
7762 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7763 }
7764
7765 static void
7766 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7767 {
7768 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7769 struct value_print_options opts;
7770 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7771 char *msg;
7772
7773 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7774 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7775 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7776 readable). */
7777 if (opts.addressprint)
7778 {
7779 annotate_field (4);
7780 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7781 }
7782
7783 annotate_field (5);
7784 if (self->is_load)
7785 {
7786 if (self->regex)
7787 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7788 else
7789 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7790 }
7791 else
7792 {
7793 if (self->regex)
7794 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7795 else
7796 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7797 }
7798 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7799 xfree (msg);
7800 }
7801
7802 static void
7803 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7804 {
7805 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7806
7807 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7808 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7809 }
7810
7811 static void
7812 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7813 {
7814 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7815
7816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7817 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7818 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7819 if (self->regex)
7820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7822 }
7823
7824 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7825
7826 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7827 "catch unload". */
7828
7829 static void
7830 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7831 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7832 {
7833 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7834 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7835 int tempflag;
7836 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7837
7838 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7839
7840 if (!arg)
7841 arg = "";
7842 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7843
7844 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7845 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7846
7847 if (*arg != '\0')
7848 {
7849 int errcode;
7850
7851 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7852 if (errcode != 0)
7853 {
7854 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7855
7856 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7857 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7858 }
7859 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7860 }
7861
7862 c->is_load = is_load;
7863 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7864 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7865
7866 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7867 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7868 }
7869
7870 static void
7871 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7872 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7873 {
7874 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7875 }
7876
7877 static void
7878 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7879 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7880 {
7881 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7882 }
7883
7884 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7885
7886 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7887 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7888 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7889 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7890 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7891
7892 struct syscall_catchpoint
7893 {
7894 /* The base class. */
7895 struct breakpoint base;
7896
7897 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7898 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7899 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7900 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7901 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7902 };
7903
7904 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7905 catchpoints. */
7906
7907 static void
7908 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7909 {
7910 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7911
7912 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7913
7914 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7915 }
7916
7917 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7918
7919 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7920 {
7921 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7922 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7923 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7924
7925 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7926 int any_syscall_count;
7927
7928 /* Count of each system call. */
7929 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7930
7931 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7932 if any catching is necessary. */
7933 int total_syscalls_count;
7934 };
7935
7936 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7937 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7938 {
7939 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7940
7941 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7942 if (inf_data == NULL)
7943 {
7944 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7945 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7946 }
7947
7948 return inf_data;
7949 }
7950
7951 static void
7952 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7953 {
7954 xfree (arg);
7955 }
7956
7957
7958 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7959 catchpoints. */
7960
7961 static int
7962 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7963 {
7964 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7965 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7966 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7967 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7968
7969 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7970 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7971 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7972 else
7973 {
7974 int i, iter;
7975
7976 for (i = 0;
7977 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7978 i++)
7979 {
7980 int elem;
7981
7982 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
7983 {
7984 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
7985 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7986 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7987 uintptr_t vec_addr;
7988 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
7989 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
7990 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
7991 + vec_addr_offset);
7992 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
7993 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
7994 }
7995 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
7996 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
7997 }
7998 }
7999
8000 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8001 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8002 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8003 VEC_length (int,
8004 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8005 VEC_address (int,
8006 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8007 }
8008
8009 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8010 catchpoints. */
8011
8012 static int
8013 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8014 {
8015 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8016 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8017 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8018 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8019
8020 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8021 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8022 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8023 else
8024 {
8025 int i, iter;
8026
8027 for (i = 0;
8028 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8029 i++)
8030 {
8031 int elem;
8032 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8033 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8034 continue;
8035 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8036 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8037 }
8038 }
8039
8040 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8041 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8042 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8043 VEC_length (int,
8044 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8045 VEC_address (int,
8046 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8047 }
8048
8049 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8050 catchpoints. */
8051
8052 static int
8053 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8054 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8055 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8056 {
8057 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8058 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8059 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8060 int syscall_number = 0;
8061 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8062 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8063
8064 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8065 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8066 return 0;
8067
8068 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8069
8070 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8071 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8072 {
8073 int i, iter;
8074
8075 for (i = 0;
8076 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8077 i++)
8078 if (syscall_number == iter)
8079 break;
8080 /* Not the same. */
8081 if (!iter)
8082 return 0;
8083 }
8084
8085 return 1;
8086 }
8087
8088 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8089 catchpoints. */
8090
8091 static enum print_stop_action
8092 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8093 {
8094 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8095 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8096 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8097 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8098 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8099 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8100 ptid_t ptid;
8101 struct target_waitstatus last;
8102 struct syscall s;
8103
8104 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8105
8106 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8107
8108 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8109
8110 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8111 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8112 else
8113 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8114 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8115 {
8116 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8117 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8118 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8119 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8120 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8121 }
8122 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8123
8124 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8125 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8126 else
8127 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8128
8129 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8130 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8131 if (s.name != NULL)
8132 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8133
8134 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8135
8136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8137 }
8138
8139 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8140 catchpoints. */
8141
8142 static void
8143 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8144 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8145 {
8146 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8147 struct value_print_options opts;
8148 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8149
8150 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8151 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8152 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8153 readable). */
8154 if (opts.addressprint)
8155 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8156 annotate_field (5);
8157
8158 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8159 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8160 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8161 else
8162 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8163
8164 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8165 {
8166 int i, iter;
8167 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8168
8169 for (i = 0;
8170 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8171 i++)
8172 {
8173 char *x = text;
8174 struct syscall s;
8175 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8176
8177 if (s.name != NULL)
8178 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8179 else
8180 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8181
8182 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8183 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8184 on every call. */
8185 xfree (x);
8186 }
8187 /* Remove the last comma. */
8188 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8189 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8190 }
8191 else
8192 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8193 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8194 }
8195
8196 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8197 catchpoints. */
8198
8199 static void
8200 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8201 {
8202 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8203
8204 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8205 {
8206 int i, iter;
8207
8208 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8209 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8210 else
8211 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8212
8213 for (i = 0;
8214 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8215 i++)
8216 {
8217 struct syscall s;
8218 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8219
8220 if (s.name)
8221 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8222 else
8223 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8224 }
8225 printf_filtered (")");
8226 }
8227 else
8228 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8229 b->number);
8230 }
8231
8232 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8233 catchpoints. */
8234
8235 static void
8236 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8237 {
8238 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8239
8240 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8241
8242 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8243 {
8244 int i, iter;
8245
8246 for (i = 0;
8247 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8248 i++)
8249 {
8250 struct syscall s;
8251
8252 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8253 if (s.name)
8254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8255 else
8256 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8257 }
8258 }
8259 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8260 }
8261
8262 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8263
8264 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8265
8266 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8267
8268 static int
8269 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8270 {
8271 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8272 }
8273
8274 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8275 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8276 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8277 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8278
8279 static void
8280 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8281 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8282 char *cond_string,
8283 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8284 {
8285 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8286
8287 init_sal (&sal);
8288 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8289
8290 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8291
8292 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8293 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8294 }
8295
8296 void
8297 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8298 {
8299 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8300 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8301 if (!internal)
8302 mention (b);
8303 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8304
8305 if (update_gll)
8306 update_global_location_list (1);
8307 }
8308
8309 static void
8310 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8311 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8312 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8313 {
8314 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8315
8316 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8317
8318 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8319
8320 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8321 }
8322
8323 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8324
8325 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8326 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8327 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8328 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8329 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8330
8331 struct exec_catchpoint
8332 {
8333 /* The base class. */
8334 struct breakpoint base;
8335
8336 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8337 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8338 triggered. */
8339 char *exec_pathname;
8340 };
8341
8342 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8343 catchpoints. */
8344
8345 static void
8346 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8347 {
8348 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8349
8350 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8351
8352 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8353 }
8354
8355 static int
8356 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8357 {
8358 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8359 }
8360
8361 static int
8362 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8363 {
8364 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8365 }
8366
8367 static int
8368 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8369 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8370 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8371 {
8372 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8373
8374 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8375 return 0;
8376
8377 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8378 return 1;
8379 }
8380
8381 static enum print_stop_action
8382 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8383 {
8384 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8385 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8386 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8387
8388 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8389 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8391 else
8392 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8394 {
8395 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8396 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8397 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8398 }
8399 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8400 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8401 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8402 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8403
8404 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8405 }
8406
8407 static void
8408 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8409 {
8410 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8411 struct value_print_options opts;
8412 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8413
8414 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8415
8416 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8417 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8418 is relatively readable). */
8419 if (opts.addressprint)
8420 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8421 annotate_field (5);
8422 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8423 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8424 {
8425 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8426 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8427 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8428 }
8429 }
8430
8431 static void
8432 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8433 {
8434 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8435 }
8436
8437 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8438 catchpoints. */
8439
8440 static void
8441 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8442 {
8443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8444 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8445 }
8446
8447 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8448
8449 static void
8450 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8451 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8452 {
8453 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8454 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8455
8456 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8457 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8458 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8459
8460 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8461 }
8462
8463 static int
8464 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8465 {
8466 int i = 0;
8467 struct breakpoint *b;
8468 struct bp_location *bl;
8469
8470 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8471 {
8472 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8473 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8474 {
8475 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8476 one register. */
8477 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8478 }
8479 }
8480
8481 return i;
8482 }
8483
8484 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8485 watchpoint. */
8486
8487 static int
8488 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8489 {
8490 int i = 0;
8491 struct bp_location *bl;
8492
8493 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8494 return 0;
8495
8496 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8497 {
8498 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8499 one register. */
8500 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8501 }
8502
8503 return i;
8504 }
8505
8506 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8507 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8508 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8509 types _not_ TYPE. */
8510
8511 static int
8512 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8513 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8514 {
8515 int i = 0;
8516 struct breakpoint *b;
8517
8518 *other_type_used = 0;
8519 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8520 {
8521 if (b == except)
8522 continue;
8523 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8524 continue;
8525
8526 if (b->type == type)
8527 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8528 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8529 *other_type_used = 1;
8530 }
8531
8532 return i;
8533 }
8534
8535 void
8536 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8537 {
8538 struct breakpoint *b;
8539
8540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8541 {
8542 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8543 {
8544 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8545 update_global_location_list (0);
8546 }
8547 }
8548 }
8549
8550 void
8551 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8552 {
8553 struct breakpoint *b;
8554
8555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8556 {
8557 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8558 {
8559 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8560 update_global_location_list (1);
8561 }
8562 }
8563 }
8564
8565 void
8566 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8567 {
8568 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8569 update_global_location_list (0);
8570 }
8571
8572 void
8573 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8574 {
8575 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8576 breakpoint_re_set ();
8577 }
8578
8579
8580 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8581 at address specified by SAL.
8582 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8583
8584 struct breakpoint *
8585 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8586 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8587 {
8588 struct breakpoint *b;
8589
8590 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8591 one. */
8592 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
8593
8594 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8595 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8596 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8597 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8598
8599 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8600 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8601 control. */
8602 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8603 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8604
8605 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8606
8607 return b;
8608 }
8609
8610 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8611 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8612 breakpoint_ops. */
8613
8614 static struct breakpoint *
8615 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8616 enum bptype type,
8617 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8618 {
8619 struct breakpoint *copy;
8620
8621 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8622 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8623 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8624
8625 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8626 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8627 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8628 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8629 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8630 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8631
8632 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8633 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8634
8635 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8636 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8637 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8638 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8639
8640 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8641 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8642 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8643
8644 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8645 return copy;
8646 }
8647
8648 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8649 ORIG is NULL. */
8650
8651 struct breakpoint *
8652 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8653 {
8654 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8655 if (orig == NULL)
8656 return NULL;
8657
8658 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8659 }
8660
8661 struct breakpoint *
8662 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8663 enum bptype type)
8664 {
8665 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8666
8667 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8668 sal.pc = pc;
8669 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8670 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8671
8672 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8673 }
8674 \f
8675
8676 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8677
8678 static void
8679 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8680 {
8681 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8682 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8683 return;
8684 printf_filtered ("\n");
8685 }
8686 \f
8687
8688 static struct bp_location *
8689 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8690 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8691 {
8692 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8693 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8694 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8695
8696 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8697 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8698
8699 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8700 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8701 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8702 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8703 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8704 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8705 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8706 sal->pc, b->type);
8707
8708 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8709 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8710 ;
8711 *tmp = loc;
8712
8713 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8714 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8715 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8716 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8717 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8718 loc->section = sal->section;
8719 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8720
8721 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8722 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8723 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8724
8725 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8726 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8727 return loc;
8728 }
8729 \f
8730
8731 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8732 return 0 otherwise. */
8733
8734 static int
8735 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8736 {
8737 int len;
8738 CORE_ADDR addr;
8739 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8740 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8741 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8742 int retval = 0;
8743
8744 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8745
8746 addr = loc->address;
8747 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8748
8749 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8750 if (bpoint == NULL)
8751 return 0;
8752
8753 target_mem = alloca (len);
8754
8755 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8756 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8757 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8758 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8759
8760 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8761 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8762
8763 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8764 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8765 retval = 1;
8766
8767 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8768
8769 return retval;
8770 }
8771
8772 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8773 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8774
8775 static void
8776 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8777 {
8778 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8779 char *printf_line = NULL;
8780
8781 if (!dprintf_args)
8782 return;
8783
8784 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8785
8786 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8787 insist on it. */
8788 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8789 ++dprintf_args;
8790 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8791
8792 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8793 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8794
8795 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8796 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8797 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8798 {
8799 if (!dprintf_function)
8800 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8801
8802 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8803 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8804 dprintf_function,
8805 dprintf_channel,
8806 dprintf_args);
8807 else
8808 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8809 dprintf_function,
8810 dprintf_args);
8811 }
8812 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8813 {
8814 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8815 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8816 else
8817 {
8818 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8819 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8820 }
8821 }
8822 else
8823 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8824 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8825
8826 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8827 if (printf_line)
8828 {
8829 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8830
8831 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8832 {
8833 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8834 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8835 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8836 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8837 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8838 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8839 }
8840
8841 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8842 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8843 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8844 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8845 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8846 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8847
8848 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8849 }
8850 }
8851
8852 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8853 current style settings. */
8854
8855 static void
8856 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8857 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8858 {
8859 struct breakpoint *b;
8860
8861 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8862 {
8863 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8864 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8865 }
8866 }
8867
8868 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8869 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8870 as condition expression. */
8871
8872 static void
8873 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8874 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8875 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8876 char *extra_string,
8877 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8878 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8879 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8880 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8881 int display_canonical)
8882 {
8883 int i;
8884
8885 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8886 {
8887 int target_resources_ok;
8888
8889 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8890 target_resources_ok =
8891 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8892 i + 1, 0);
8893 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8894 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8895 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8896 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8897 }
8898
8899 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8900
8901 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8902 {
8903 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8904 struct bp_location *loc;
8905
8906 if (from_tty)
8907 {
8908 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8909 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8910 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8911
8912 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8913 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8914 }
8915
8916 if (i == 0)
8917 {
8918 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8919 b->thread = thread;
8920 b->task = task;
8921
8922 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8923 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8924 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8925 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8926 b->disposition = disposition;
8927
8928 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8929 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8930
8931 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8932 {
8933 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8934 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8935
8936 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8937 {
8938 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8939 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8940 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8941 char *endp;
8942 char *marker_str;
8943
8944 p = skip_spaces (p);
8945
8946 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8947
8948 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8949 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8950
8951 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8952 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8953 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8954 }
8955 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8956 {
8957 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8958 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8959
8960 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8961 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8962 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8963 }
8964 else
8965 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8966 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8967 }
8968
8969 loc = b->loc;
8970 }
8971 else
8972 {
8973 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8974 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8975 loc->inserted = 1;
8976 }
8977
8978 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8979 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
8980
8981 if (b->cond_string)
8982 {
8983 char *arg = b->cond_string;
8984 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8985 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8986 if (*arg)
8987 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8988 }
8989
8990 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8991 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8992 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8993 {
8994 if (b->extra_string)
8995 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8996 else
8997 error (_("Format string required"));
8998 }
8999 else if (b->extra_string)
9000 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9001 }
9002
9003 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9004 if (addr_string)
9005 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9006 else
9007 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9008 me. */
9009 b->addr_string
9010 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9011 b->filter = filter;
9012 }
9013
9014 static void
9015 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9016 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9017 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9018 char *extra_string,
9019 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9020 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9021 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9022 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9023 int display_canonical)
9024 {
9025 struct breakpoint *b;
9026 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9027
9028 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9029 {
9030 struct tracepoint *t;
9031
9032 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9033 b = &t->base;
9034 }
9035 else
9036 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9037
9038 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9039
9040 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9041 sals, addr_string,
9042 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9043 type, disposition,
9044 thread, task, ignore_count,
9045 ops, from_tty,
9046 enabled, internal, flags,
9047 display_canonical);
9048 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9049
9050 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9051 }
9052
9053 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9054 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9055 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9056 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9057 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9058 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9059 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9060 we take just a single condition string.
9061
9062 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9063 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9064 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9065 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9066 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9067
9068 static void
9069 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9070 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9071 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9072 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9073 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9074 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9075 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9076 {
9077 int i;
9078 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9079
9080 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9081 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9082
9083 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9084 {
9085 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9086 'break', without arguments. */
9087 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9088 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9089 : NULL);
9090 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9091 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9092
9093 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9094 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9095 addr_string,
9096 filter_string,
9097 cond_string, extra_string,
9098 type, disposition,
9099 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9100 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9101 canonical->special_display);
9102 discard_cleanups (inner);
9103 }
9104 }
9105
9106 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9107 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9108 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9109 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9110
9111 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9112 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9113
9114 static void
9115 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9116 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9117 {
9118 char *addr_start = *address;
9119
9120 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9121 breakpoint. */
9122 if ((*address) == NULL
9123 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9124 {
9125 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9126 address. */
9127 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9128 {
9129 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9130 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9131
9132 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9133 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9134 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9135
9136 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9137 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
9138 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9139 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
9140
9141 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9142 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9143 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9144 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9145 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9146 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9147
9148 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9149 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9150 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9151
9152 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9153 }
9154 else
9155 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9156 }
9157 else
9158 {
9159 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9160
9161 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9162 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9163 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9164 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9165
9166 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9167 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9168 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9169 && (!cursal.symtab
9170 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9171 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9172 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9173 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9174 get_last_displayed_line (),
9175 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9176 else
9177 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9178 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9179 }
9180 }
9181
9182
9183 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9184 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9185
9186 static void
9187 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9188 {
9189 int i;
9190
9191 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9192 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9193 }
9194
9195 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9196 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9197 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9198 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9199 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9200 it, etc. */
9201
9202 static void
9203 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9204 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9205 {
9206 int i, rslt;
9207 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9208 char *msg;
9209 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9210
9211 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9212 {
9213 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9214
9215 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9216
9217 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9218 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9219 associated with SAL. */
9220 if (sarch == NULL)
9221 sarch = gdbarch;
9222 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9223 NULL, &msg);
9224 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9225
9226 if (!rslt)
9227 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9228 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9229
9230 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9231 }
9232 }
9233
9234 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9235 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9236 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9237 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9238 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9239 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9240
9241 static void
9242 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9243 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9244 char **rest)
9245 {
9246 *cond_string = NULL;
9247 *thread = -1;
9248 *task = 0;
9249 *rest = NULL;
9250
9251 while (tok && *tok)
9252 {
9253 char *end_tok;
9254 int toklen;
9255 char *cond_start = NULL;
9256 char *cond_end = NULL;
9257
9258 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9259
9260 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9261 {
9262 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9263 return;
9264 }
9265
9266 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9267
9268 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9269
9270 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9271 {
9272 struct expression *expr;
9273
9274 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9275 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9276 xfree (expr);
9277 cond_end = tok;
9278 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9279 }
9280 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9281 {
9282 char *tmptok;
9283
9284 tok = end_tok + 1;
9285 tmptok = tok;
9286 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9287 if (tok == tmptok)
9288 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9289 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9290 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
9291 }
9292 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9293 {
9294 char *tmptok;
9295
9296 tok = end_tok + 1;
9297 tmptok = tok;
9298 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9299 if (tok == tmptok)
9300 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9301 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9302 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9303 }
9304 else if (rest)
9305 {
9306 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9307 return;
9308 }
9309 else
9310 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9311 }
9312 }
9313
9314 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9315
9316 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9317 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9318 {
9319 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9320 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9321 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9322 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9323 char *endp;
9324 char *marker_str;
9325 int i;
9326
9327 p = skip_spaces (p);
9328
9329 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9330
9331 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9332 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9333
9334 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9335 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9336 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9337
9338 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9339 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9340
9341 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9342 {
9343 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9344
9345 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9346
9347 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9348
9349 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9350 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9351
9352 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9353 }
9354
9355 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9356
9357 *arg_p = endp;
9358 return sals;
9359 }
9360
9361 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9362 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9363 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9364 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9365 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9366 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9367 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9368 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9369 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9370 false otherwise. */
9371
9372 int
9373 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9374 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9375 int thread, char *extra_string,
9376 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9377 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9378 int ignore_count,
9379 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9380 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9381 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9382 unsigned flags)
9383 {
9384 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9385 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9386 char *addr_start = arg;
9387 struct linespec_result canonical;
9388 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9389 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9390 int pending = 0;
9391 int task = 0;
9392 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9393
9394 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9395
9396 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9397
9398 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9399 {
9400 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9401 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9402 }
9403
9404 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9405 switch (e.reason)
9406 {
9407 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9408 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9409 return 0;
9410 break;
9411 case RETURN_ERROR:
9412 switch (e.error)
9413 {
9414 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9415
9416 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9417 error. */
9418
9419 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9420 throw_exception (e);
9421
9422 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9423
9424 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9425 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9426 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9427 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9428 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9429 return 0;
9430
9431 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9432 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9433 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9434 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9435 {
9436 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9437
9438 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9439 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9440 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9441 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9442 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9443 pending = 1;
9444 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9445 }
9446 break;
9447 default:
9448 throw_exception (e);
9449 }
9450 break;
9451 default:
9452 throw_exception (e);
9453 }
9454
9455 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9456 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9457
9458 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9459 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9460 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9461 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9462 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9463
9464 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9465 are ok for the target. */
9466 if (!pending)
9467 {
9468 int ix;
9469 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9470
9471 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9472 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9473 }
9474
9475 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9476 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9477 {
9478 int ix;
9479 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9480
9481 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9482 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9483 }
9484
9485 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9486 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9487 breakpoint. */
9488 if (!pending)
9489 {
9490 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9491
9492 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9493
9494 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9495 {
9496 char *rest;
9497 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9498 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9499 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9500 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9501
9502 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9503 &thread, &task, &rest);
9504 if (cond_string)
9505 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9506 if (rest)
9507 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9508 if (rest)
9509 extra_string = rest;
9510 }
9511 else
9512 {
9513 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9514 if (cond_string)
9515 {
9516 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9517 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9518 }
9519 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9520 if (extra_string)
9521 {
9522 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9523 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9524 }
9525 }
9526
9527 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9528 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9529 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9530 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9531 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9532 }
9533 else
9534 {
9535 struct breakpoint *b;
9536
9537 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9538
9539 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9540 {
9541 struct tracepoint *t;
9542
9543 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9544 b = &t->base;
9545 }
9546 else
9547 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9548
9549 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9550
9551 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9552 b->cond_string = NULL;
9553 b->extra_string = NULL;
9554 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9555 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9556 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9557 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9558 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9559 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9560 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9561
9562 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9563 }
9564
9565 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9566 {
9567 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9568 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9569 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9570 }
9571
9572 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9573 breakpoint. */
9574 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9575 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9576 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9577
9578 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9579 update_global_location_list (1);
9580
9581 return 1;
9582 }
9583
9584 /* Set a breakpoint.
9585 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9586 condition, and thread.
9587 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9588 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9589 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9590
9591 static void
9592 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9593 {
9594 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9595 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9596 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9597 : bp_breakpoint);
9598 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9599 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9600
9601 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9602 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9603 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9604 else
9605 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9606
9607 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9608 arg,
9609 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9610 tempflag, type_wanted,
9611 0 /* Ignore count */,
9612 pending_break_support,
9613 ops,
9614 from_tty,
9615 1 /* enabled */,
9616 0 /* internal */,
9617 0);
9618 }
9619
9620 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9621
9622 void
9623 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9624 {
9625 CORE_ADDR pc;
9626
9627 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9628 {
9629 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9630 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9631 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9632 sal->pc = pc;
9633
9634 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9635 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9636 if (sal->explicit_line)
9637 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9638 }
9639
9640 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9641 {
9642 struct blockvector *bv;
9643 struct block *b;
9644 struct symbol *sym;
9645
9646 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9647 if (bv != NULL)
9648 {
9649 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9650 if (sym != NULL)
9651 {
9652 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9653 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9654 }
9655 else
9656 {
9657 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9658 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9659 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9660 happen in assembly source). */
9661
9662 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9663 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9664
9665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9666
9667 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9668 if (msym)
9669 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9670
9671 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9672 }
9673 }
9674 }
9675 }
9676
9677 void
9678 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9679 {
9680 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9681 }
9682
9683 void
9684 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9685 {
9686 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9687 }
9688
9689 static void
9690 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9691 {
9692 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9693 }
9694
9695 static void
9696 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9697 {
9698 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9699 }
9700
9701 static void
9702 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9703 {
9704 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9705 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9706 stop at <line>\n"));
9707 }
9708
9709 static void
9710 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9711 {
9712 int badInput = 0;
9713
9714 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9715 badInput = 1;
9716 else if (*arg != '*')
9717 {
9718 char *argptr = arg;
9719 int hasColon = 0;
9720
9721 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9722 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9723 function/method name. */
9724 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9725 {
9726 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9727 argptr++;
9728 }
9729
9730 if (hasColon)
9731 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9732 else
9733 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9734 }
9735
9736 if (badInput)
9737 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9738 else
9739 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9740 }
9741
9742 static void
9743 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9744 {
9745 int badInput = 0;
9746
9747 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9748 badInput = 1;
9749 else
9750 {
9751 char *argptr = arg;
9752 int hasColon = 0;
9753
9754 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9755 it is probably a line number. */
9756 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9757 {
9758 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9759 argptr++;
9760 }
9761
9762 if (hasColon)
9763 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9764 else
9765 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9766 }
9767
9768 if (badInput)
9769 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9770 else
9771 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9772 }
9773
9774 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9775
9776 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9777 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9778 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9779 line. */
9780
9781 void
9782 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9783 {
9784 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9785 arg,
9786 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9787 0, bp_dprintf,
9788 0 /* Ignore count */,
9789 pending_break_support,
9790 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9791 from_tty,
9792 1 /* enabled */,
9793 0 /* internal */,
9794 0);
9795 }
9796
9797 static void
9798 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9799 {
9800 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9801 }
9802
9803 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9804 ranged breakpoints. */
9805
9806 static int
9807 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9808 struct address_space *aspace,
9809 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9810 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9811 {
9812 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9813 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9814 return 0;
9815
9816 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9817 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9818 }
9819
9820 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9821 ranged breakpoints. */
9822
9823 static int
9824 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9825 {
9826 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9827 }
9828
9829 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9830 ranged breakpoints. */
9831
9832 static enum print_stop_action
9833 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9834 {
9835 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9836 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9837 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9838
9839 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9840
9841 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9842 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9843
9844 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9845 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9846 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9847 else
9848 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9849 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9850 {
9851 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9852 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9853 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9854 }
9855 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9856 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9857
9858 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9859 }
9860
9861 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9862 ranged breakpoints. */
9863
9864 static void
9865 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9866 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9867 {
9868 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9869 struct value_print_options opts;
9870 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9871
9872 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9873 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9874
9875 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9876
9877 if (opts.addressprint)
9878 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9879 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9880 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9881 annotate_field (5);
9882 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9883 *last_loc = bl;
9884 }
9885
9886 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9887 ranged breakpoints. */
9888
9889 static void
9890 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9891 struct ui_out *uiout)
9892 {
9893 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9894 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9895 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9896 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9897
9898 gdb_assert (bl);
9899
9900 address_start = bl->address;
9901 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9902
9903 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9904 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9905 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9906 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9907 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9908 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9909
9910 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9911 }
9912
9913 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9914 ranged breakpoints. */
9915
9916 static void
9917 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9918 {
9919 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9920 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9921
9922 gdb_assert (bl);
9923 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9924
9925 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9926 return;
9927
9928 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9929 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9930 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9931 }
9932
9933 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9934 ranged breakpoints. */
9935
9936 static void
9937 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9938 {
9939 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9940 b->addr_string_range_end);
9941 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9942 }
9943
9944 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9945
9946 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9947
9948 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9949 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9950 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9951 last instruction of the given line. */
9952
9953 static CORE_ADDR
9954 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9955 {
9956 CORE_ADDR end;
9957
9958 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9959 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9960 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9961 end = sal.pc;
9962 else
9963 {
9964 int ret;
9965 CORE_ADDR start;
9966
9967 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9968 if (!ret)
9969 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9970
9971 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9972 end--;
9973 }
9974
9975 return end;
9976 }
9977
9978 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9979
9980 static void
9981 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9982 {
9983 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
9984 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9985 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9986 CORE_ADDR end;
9987 struct breakpoint *b;
9988 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
9989 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
9990 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
9991
9992 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9993 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9994 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9995
9996 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9997 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9998 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9999 bp_count, 0);
10000 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10001 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10002
10003 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10004 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10005 error(_("No address range specified."));
10006
10007 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10008
10009 arg_start = arg;
10010 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10011
10012 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10013
10014 if (arg[0] != ',')
10015 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10016 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10017 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10018
10019 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10020
10021 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10022 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10023 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10024
10025 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10026 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10027 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10028
10029 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10030 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10031
10032 /* Parse the end location. */
10033
10034 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10035 arg_start = arg;
10036
10037 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10038 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10039 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10040 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10041 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10042 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10043 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10044 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10045
10046 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10047
10048 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10049 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10050
10051 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10052 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10053 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10054 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10055
10056 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10057 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10058 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10059
10060 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10061 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10062 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10063
10064 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10065 if (length < 0)
10066 /* Length overflowed. */
10067 error (_("Address range too large."));
10068 else if (length == 1)
10069 {
10070 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10071 the `hbreak' command. */
10072 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10073
10074 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10075
10076 return;
10077 }
10078
10079 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10080 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10081 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10082 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10083 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10084 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10085 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10086 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10087 b->loc->length = length;
10088
10089 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10090
10091 mention (b);
10092 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10093 update_global_location_list (1);
10094 }
10095
10096 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10097 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10098 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10099 zero. */
10100
10101 static int
10102 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10103 {
10104 int i = exp->nelts;
10105
10106 while (i > 0)
10107 {
10108 int oplenp, argsp;
10109
10110 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10111 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10112 i -= oplenp;
10113
10114 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10115 {
10116 case BINOP_ADD:
10117 case BINOP_SUB:
10118 case BINOP_MUL:
10119 case BINOP_DIV:
10120 case BINOP_REM:
10121 case BINOP_MOD:
10122 case BINOP_LSH:
10123 case BINOP_RSH:
10124 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10125 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10126 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10127 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10128 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10129 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10130 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10131 case BINOP_LESS:
10132 case BINOP_GTR:
10133 case BINOP_LEQ:
10134 case BINOP_GEQ:
10135 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10136 case BINOP_COMMA:
10137 case BINOP_EXP:
10138 case BINOP_MIN:
10139 case BINOP_MAX:
10140 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10141 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10142 case BINOP_IN:
10143 case BINOP_RANGE:
10144 case TERNOP_COND:
10145 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10146 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
10147
10148 case OP_LONG:
10149 case OP_DOUBLE:
10150 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10151 case OP_LAST:
10152 case OP_COMPLEX:
10153 case OP_STRING:
10154 case OP_BITSTRING:
10155 case OP_ARRAY:
10156 case OP_TYPE:
10157 case OP_NAME:
10158 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10159
10160 case UNOP_NEG:
10161 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10162 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10163 case UNOP_ADDR:
10164 case UNOP_HIGH:
10165 case UNOP_CAST:
10166 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10167 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10168 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10169 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10170
10171 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10172 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10173 ADDR is. */
10174 break;
10175
10176 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10177 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10178
10179 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10180 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10181 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10182 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10183
10184 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10185 are always constant. */
10186 {
10187 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10188
10189 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10190 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10191 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10192 return 0;
10193 break;
10194 }
10195
10196 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10197 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10198 then it is not a constant. */
10199 default:
10200 return 0;
10201 }
10202 }
10203
10204 return 1;
10205 }
10206
10207 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10208
10209 static void
10210 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10211 {
10212 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10213
10214 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10215 xfree (w->exp);
10216 xfree (w->exp_string);
10217 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10218 value_free (w->val);
10219
10220 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10221 }
10222
10223 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10224
10225 static void
10226 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10227 {
10228 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10229
10230 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10231 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10232
10233 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10234 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10235 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10236 are loaded and unloaded.
10237
10238 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10239 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10240 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10241 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10242 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10243 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10244
10245 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10246 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10247 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10248 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10249
10250 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10251 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10252
10253 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10254 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10255 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10256 }
10257
10258 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10259
10260 static int
10261 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10262 {
10263 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10264 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10265
10266 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10267 w->cond_exp);
10268 }
10269
10270 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10271
10272 static int
10273 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10274 {
10275 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10276 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10277
10278 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10279 w->cond_exp);
10280 }
10281
10282 static int
10283 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10284 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10285 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10286 {
10287 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10288 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10289
10290 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10291 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10292 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10293 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10294 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10295 (did not match the data address). */
10296 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10297 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10298 return 0;
10299
10300 return 1;
10301 }
10302
10303 static void
10304 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10305 {
10306 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10307
10308 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10309 }
10310
10311 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10312 hardware watchpoints. */
10313
10314 static int
10315 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10316 {
10317 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10318 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10319
10320 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10321 }
10322
10323 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10324 hardware watchpoints. */
10325
10326 static int
10327 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10328 {
10329 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10330 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10331 }
10332
10333 static enum print_stop_action
10334 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10335 {
10336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10337 struct breakpoint *b;
10338 const struct bp_location *bl;
10339 struct ui_file *stb;
10340 enum print_stop_action result;
10341 struct watchpoint *w;
10342 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10343
10344 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10345
10346 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10347 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10348 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10349
10350 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10351 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10352
10353 switch (b->type)
10354 {
10355 case bp_watchpoint:
10356 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10357 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10358 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10359 ui_out_field_string
10360 (uiout, "reason",
10361 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10362 mention (b);
10363 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10365 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10366 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10367 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10368 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10369 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10370 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10371 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10372 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10373 break;
10374
10375 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10376 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10377 ui_out_field_string
10378 (uiout, "reason",
10379 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10380 mention (b);
10381 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10382 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10383 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10384 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10385 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10386 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10387 break;
10388
10389 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10390 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10391 {
10392 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10394 ui_out_field_string
10395 (uiout, "reason",
10396 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10397 mention (b);
10398 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10399 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10400 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10401 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10402 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10403 }
10404 else
10405 {
10406 mention (b);
10407 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10408 ui_out_field_string
10409 (uiout, "reason",
10410 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10411 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10413 }
10414 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10415 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10416 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10417 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10418 break;
10419 default:
10420 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10421 }
10422
10423 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10424 return result;
10425 }
10426
10427 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10428 watchpoints. */
10429
10430 static void
10431 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10432 {
10433 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10434 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10435 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10436
10437 switch (b->type)
10438 {
10439 case bp_watchpoint:
10440 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10441 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10442 break;
10443 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10444 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10445 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10446 break;
10447 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10448 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10449 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10450 break;
10451 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10452 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10453 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10454 break;
10455 default:
10456 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10457 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10458 }
10459
10460 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10461 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10462 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10463 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10464 }
10465
10466 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10467 watchpoints. */
10468
10469 static void
10470 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10471 {
10472 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10473
10474 switch (b->type)
10475 {
10476 case bp_watchpoint:
10477 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10479 break;
10480 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10482 break;
10483 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10484 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10485 break;
10486 default:
10487 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10488 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10489 }
10490
10491 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10492 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10493 }
10494
10495 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10496
10497 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10498
10499 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10500 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10501
10502 static int
10503 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10504 {
10505 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10506
10507 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10508 bl->watchpoint_type);
10509 }
10510
10511 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10512 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10513
10514 static int
10515 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10516 {
10517 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10518
10519 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10520 bl->watchpoint_type);
10521 }
10522
10523 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10524 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10525
10526 static int
10527 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10528 {
10529 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10530
10531 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10532 }
10533
10534 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10535 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10536
10537 static int
10538 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10539 {
10540 return 0;
10541 }
10542
10543 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10544 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10545
10546 static enum print_stop_action
10547 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10548 {
10549 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10550 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10551
10552 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10553 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10554
10555 switch (b->type)
10556 {
10557 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10558 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10559 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10560 ui_out_field_string
10561 (uiout, "reason",
10562 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10563 break;
10564
10565 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10566 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10567 ui_out_field_string
10568 (uiout, "reason",
10569 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10570 break;
10571
10572 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10573 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10574 ui_out_field_string
10575 (uiout, "reason",
10576 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10577 break;
10578 default:
10579 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10580 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10581 }
10582
10583 mention (b);
10584 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10585 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10586 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10587 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10588
10589 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10590 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10591 }
10592
10593 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10594 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10595
10596 static void
10597 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10598 struct ui_out *uiout)
10599 {
10600 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10601
10602 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10603 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10604
10605 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10606 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10607 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10608 }
10609
10610 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10611 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10612
10613 static void
10614 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10615 {
10616 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10617 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10618 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10619
10620 switch (b->type)
10621 {
10622 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10623 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10624 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10625 break;
10626 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10627 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10628 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10629 break;
10630 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10631 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10632 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10633 break;
10634 default:
10635 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10636 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10637 }
10638
10639 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10640 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10641 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10642 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10643 }
10644
10645 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10646 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10647
10648 static void
10649 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10650 {
10651 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10652 char tmp[40];
10653
10654 switch (b->type)
10655 {
10656 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10658 break;
10659 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10660 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10661 break;
10662 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10663 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10664 break;
10665 default:
10666 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10667 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10668 }
10669
10670 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10671 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10672 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10673 }
10674
10675 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10676
10677 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10678
10679 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10680
10681 static int
10682 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10683 {
10684 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10685 }
10686
10687 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10688 hw_read: watch read,
10689 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10690 static void
10691 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10692 int just_location, int internal)
10693 {
10694 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10695 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10696 struct expression *exp;
10697 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10698 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10699 struct frame_info *frame;
10700 char *exp_start = NULL;
10701 char *exp_end = NULL;
10702 char *tok, *end_tok;
10703 int toklen = -1;
10704 char *cond_start = NULL;
10705 char *cond_end = NULL;
10706 enum bptype bp_type;
10707 int thread = -1;
10708 int pc = 0;
10709 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10710 the hardware watchpoint. */
10711 int use_mask = 0;
10712 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10713 struct watchpoint *w;
10714
10715 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10716 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10717 {
10718 char *value_start;
10719
10720 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10721 of the arguments string. */
10722 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10723 {
10724 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10725 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10726 tok--;
10727
10728 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10729 This is the value of the parameter. */
10730 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10731 tok--;
10732 value_start = tok + 1;
10733
10734 /* Skip whitespace. */
10735 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10736 tok--;
10737
10738 end_tok = tok;
10739
10740 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10741 This is the parameter itself. */
10742 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10743 tok--;
10744 tok++;
10745 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10746
10747 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10748 {
10749 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10750 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10751 only in a specific thread. */
10752 char *endp;
10753
10754 if (thread != -1)
10755 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10756
10757 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10758 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10759
10760 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10761 thread ID. */
10762 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10763 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10764
10765 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10766 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10767 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
10768 }
10769 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10770 {
10771 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10772 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10773 facility. */
10774 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10775
10776 if (use_mask)
10777 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10778
10779 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10780
10781 mark = value_mark ();
10782 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10783 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10784 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10785 }
10786 else
10787 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10788 break;
10789
10790 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10791 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10792 *tok = '\0';
10793 }
10794 }
10795
10796 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10797 innermost_block = NULL;
10798 exp_start = arg;
10799 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10800 exp_end = arg;
10801 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10802 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10803 prettier. */
10804 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10805 --exp_end;
10806
10807 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10808 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10809 {
10810 int len;
10811
10812 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10813 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10814 len--;
10815 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10816 }
10817
10818 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10819 mark = value_mark ();
10820 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10821
10822 if (just_location)
10823 {
10824 int ret;
10825
10826 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10827 val = value_addr (result);
10828 release_value (val);
10829 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10830
10831 if (use_mask)
10832 {
10833 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10834 mask);
10835 if (ret == -1)
10836 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10837 else if (ret == -2)
10838 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10839 }
10840 }
10841 else if (val != NULL)
10842 release_value (val);
10843
10844 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10845 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10846
10847 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10848 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10849 {
10850 struct expression *cond;
10851
10852 innermost_block = NULL;
10853 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10854 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10855
10856 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10857 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10858 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10859
10860 xfree (cond);
10861 cond_end = tok;
10862 }
10863 if (*tok)
10864 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10865
10866 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10867 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10868 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10869 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10870 else
10871 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10872
10873 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10874
10875 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10876 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10877 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10878 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10879 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10880 {
10881 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10882 {
10883 scope_breakpoint
10884 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10885 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10886 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10887 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10888
10889 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10890
10891 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10892 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10893
10894 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10895 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10896
10897 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10898 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10899 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10900 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10901 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10902 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10903 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10904 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10905 scope_breakpoint->type);
10906 }
10907 }
10908
10909 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10910
10911 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10912 b = &w->base;
10913 if (use_mask)
10914 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10915 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10916 else
10917 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10918 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10919 b->thread = thread;
10920 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10921 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10922 w->exp = exp;
10923 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10924 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10925 if (just_location)
10926 {
10927 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10928 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10929 char *name;
10930
10931 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10932 name = type_to_string (t);
10933
10934 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10935 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10936 xfree (name);
10937
10938 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10939 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10940
10941 /* The above expression is in C. */
10942 b->language = language_c;
10943 }
10944 else
10945 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10946
10947 if (use_mask)
10948 {
10949 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10950 }
10951 else
10952 {
10953 w->val = val;
10954 w->val_valid = 1;
10955 }
10956
10957 if (cond_start)
10958 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10959 else
10960 b->cond_string = 0;
10961
10962 if (frame)
10963 {
10964 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
10965 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10966 }
10967 else
10968 {
10969 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10970 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10971 }
10972
10973 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10974 {
10975 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10976 need to act on them together. */
10977 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10978 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
10979 }
10980
10981 if (!just_location)
10982 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10983
10984 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10985 {
10986 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10987 that should be inserted. */
10988 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
10989 }
10990 if (e.reason < 0)
10991 {
10992 delete_breakpoint (b);
10993 throw_exception (e);
10994 }
10995
10996 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
10997 }
10998
10999 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11000 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11001
11002 static int
11003 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11004 {
11005 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11006 struct value *head = v;
11007
11008 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11009 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11010 return 0;
11011
11012 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11013 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11014 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11015 hardware watchpoint.
11016
11017 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11018 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11019 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11020 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11021 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11022 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11023 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11024 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11025 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11026
11027 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11028 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11029 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11030 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11031 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11032 {
11033 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11034 {
11035 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11036 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11037 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11038 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11039 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11040 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11041 ;
11042 else
11043 {
11044 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11045 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11046 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11047
11048 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11049 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11050 middle of some value chain. */
11051 if (v == head
11052 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11053 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11054 {
11055 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11056 int len;
11057 int num_regs;
11058
11059 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11060 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11061 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11062
11063 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11064 if (!num_regs)
11065 return 0;
11066 else
11067 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11068 }
11069 }
11070 }
11071 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11072 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11073 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11074 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11075 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11076 }
11077
11078 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11079 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11080 return found_memory_cnt;
11081 }
11082
11083 void
11084 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11085 {
11086 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11087 }
11088
11089 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11090 calls watch_command_1. */
11091
11092 static void
11093 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11094 {
11095 int just_location = 0;
11096
11097 if (arg
11098 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11099 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11100 {
11101 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11102 just_location = 1;
11103 }
11104
11105 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11106 }
11107
11108 static void
11109 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11110 {
11111 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11112 }
11113
11114 void
11115 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11116 {
11117 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11118 }
11119
11120 static void
11121 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11122 {
11123 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11124 }
11125
11126 void
11127 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11128 {
11129 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11130 }
11131
11132 static void
11133 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11134 {
11135 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11136 }
11137 \f
11138
11139 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11140 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11141
11142 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11143 {
11144 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11145 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11146 int thread_num;
11147 };
11148
11149 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11150 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11151 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11152 command. */
11153 static void
11154 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11155 {
11156 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11157
11158 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11159 if (a->breakpoint2)
11160 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11161 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11162 }
11163
11164 void
11165 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11166 {
11167 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11168 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11169 struct frame_info *frame;
11170 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11171 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11172 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11173 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11174 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11175 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11176 int thread;
11177 struct thread_info *tp;
11178
11179 clear_proceed_status ();
11180
11181 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11182 this function. */
11183
11184 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11185 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11186 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11187 get_last_displayed_line ());
11188 else
11189 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11190 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11191
11192 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11193 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11194
11195 sal = sals.sals[0];
11196 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11197
11198 if (*arg)
11199 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11200
11201 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11202
11203 tp = inferior_thread ();
11204 thread = tp->num;
11205
11206 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11207
11208 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11209 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11210 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11211 that. */
11212
11213 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11214 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11215 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11216 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11217
11218 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11219 one. */
11220
11221 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11222 {
11223 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11224
11225 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11226 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11227 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11228 sal2,
11229 caller_frame_id,
11230 bp_until);
11231 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11232
11233 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11234 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11235 }
11236
11237 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11238 frame = NULL;
11239
11240 if (anywhere)
11241 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11242 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11243 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11244 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11245 else
11246 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11247 only at the very same frame. */
11248 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11249 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11250 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11251
11252 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11253
11254 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11255 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11256 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11257 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11258
11259 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11260 {
11261 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11262 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11263
11264 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11265 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11266 args->thread_num = thread;
11267
11268 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11269 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11270 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11271 xfree);
11272 }
11273 else
11274 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11275 }
11276
11277 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11278 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11279
11280 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11281 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11282 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11283 if clause in the arg string. */
11284
11285 static char *
11286 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11287 {
11288 char *cond_string;
11289
11290 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11291 return NULL;
11292
11293 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11294 (*arg) += 2;
11295
11296 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11297 condition string. */
11298 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11299 cond_string = *arg;
11300
11301 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11302 string. */
11303 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11304
11305 return cond_string;
11306 }
11307
11308 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11309 process start/exit, etc. */
11310
11311 typedef enum
11312 {
11313 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11314 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11315 }
11316 catch_fork_kind;
11317
11318 static void
11319 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11320 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11321 {
11322 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11323 char *cond_string = NULL;
11324 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11325 int tempflag;
11326
11327 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11328 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11329 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11330
11331 if (!arg)
11332 arg = "";
11333 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11334
11335 /* The allowed syntax is:
11336 catch [v]fork
11337 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11338
11339 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11340 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11341
11342 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11343 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11344
11345 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11346 and enable reporting of such events. */
11347 switch (fork_kind)
11348 {
11349 case catch_fork_temporary:
11350 case catch_fork_permanent:
11351 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11352 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11353 break;
11354 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11355 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11356 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11357 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11358 break;
11359 default:
11360 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11361 break;
11362 }
11363 }
11364
11365 static void
11366 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11367 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11368 {
11369 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11370 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11371 int tempflag;
11372 char *cond_string = NULL;
11373
11374 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11375
11376 if (!arg)
11377 arg = "";
11378 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11379
11380 /* The allowed syntax is:
11381 catch exec
11382 catch exec if <cond>
11383
11384 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11385 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11386
11387 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11388 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11389
11390 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11391 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11392 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11393 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11394
11395 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11396 }
11397
11398 static enum print_stop_action
11399 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11400 {
11401 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11402 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11403 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11404
11405 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11406
11407 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11408 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11409 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11410 b->loc->address,
11411 b->number, 1);
11412 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11413 ui_out_text (uiout,
11414 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11415 : "Catchpoint ");
11416 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11417 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11418 ui_out_text (uiout,
11419 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11420 : " (exception caught), ");
11421 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11422 {
11423 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11424 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11425 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11426 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11427 }
11428 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11429 }
11430
11431 static void
11432 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11433 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11434 {
11435 struct value_print_options opts;
11436 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11437
11438 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11439 if (opts.addressprint)
11440 {
11441 annotate_field (4);
11442 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11443 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11444 else
11445 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11446 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11447 }
11448 annotate_field (5);
11449 if (b->loc)
11450 *last_loc = b->loc;
11451 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11452 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11453 else
11454 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11455 }
11456
11457 static void
11458 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11459 {
11460 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11461 int bp_temp;
11462 int bp_throw;
11463
11464 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11465 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11466 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11467 : _("Catchpoint "));
11468 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11469 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11470 : _(" (catch)"));
11471 }
11472
11473 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11474 catch catchpoints. */
11475
11476 static void
11477 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11478 struct ui_file *fp)
11479 {
11480 int bp_temp;
11481 int bp_throw;
11482
11483 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11484 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11486 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11487 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11488 }
11489
11490 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11491
11492 static int
11493 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11494 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11495 {
11496 char *trigger_func_name;
11497
11498 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11499 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11500 else
11501 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11502
11503 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11504 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11505 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11506 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11507 0,
11508 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11509 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11510 1 /* enabled */,
11511 0 /* internal */,
11512 0);
11513
11514 return 1;
11515 }
11516
11517 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11518
11519 static void
11520 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11521 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11522 {
11523 char *cond_string = NULL;
11524
11525 if (!arg)
11526 arg = "";
11527 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11528
11529 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11530
11531 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11532 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11533
11534 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11535 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11536 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11537
11538 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11539 return;
11540
11541 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11542 }
11543
11544 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11545
11546 static void
11547 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11548 {
11549 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11550
11551 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11552 }
11553
11554 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11555
11556 static void
11557 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11558 {
11559 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11560
11561 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11562 }
11563
11564 void
11565 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11566 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11567 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11568 char *addr_string,
11569 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11570 int tempflag,
11571 int from_tty)
11572 {
11573 if (from_tty)
11574 {
11575 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11576 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11577 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11578
11579 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11580 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11581 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11582 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11583 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11584 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11585 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11586 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11587 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11588 enough for now, though. */
11589 }
11590
11591 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11592
11593 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11594 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11595 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11596 b->language = language_ada;
11597 }
11598
11599 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11600 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11601 static VEC(int) *
11602 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11603 {
11604 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11605 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11606
11607 while (*arg != '\0')
11608 {
11609 int i, syscall_number;
11610 char *endptr;
11611 char cur_name[128];
11612 struct syscall s;
11613
11614 /* Skip whitespace. */
11615 while (isspace (*arg))
11616 arg++;
11617
11618 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11619 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11620 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11621 arg += i;
11622
11623 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11624 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11625 if (*endptr == '\0')
11626 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11627 else
11628 {
11629 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11630 to a number. */
11631 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11632
11633 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11634 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11635 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11636 syscall number to be caught. */
11637 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11638 }
11639
11640 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11641 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11642 }
11643
11644 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11645 return result;
11646 }
11647
11648 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11649
11650 static void
11651 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11652 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11653 {
11654 int tempflag;
11655 VEC(int) *filter;
11656 struct syscall s;
11657 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11658
11659 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11660 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11661 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11662 this architecture yet."));
11663
11664 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11665
11666 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11667
11668 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11669 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11670 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11671 for his/her architecture. */
11672 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11673
11674 /* The allowed syntax is:
11675 catch syscall
11676 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11677
11678 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11679
11680 if (arg != NULL)
11681 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11682 else
11683 filter = NULL;
11684
11685 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11686 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11687 }
11688
11689 static void
11690 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11691 {
11692 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11693 }
11694 \f
11695
11696 static void
11697 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11698 {
11699 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11700 }
11701
11702 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11703
11704 static int
11705 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11706 {
11707 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11708 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11709 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11710 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11711
11712 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11713 return -1;
11714 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11715 return 1;
11716
11717 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11718 the number 0. */
11719 if (ua < ub)
11720 return -1;
11721 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
11722 }
11723
11724 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11725
11726 static void
11727 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11728 {
11729 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11730 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11731 int ix;
11732 int default_match;
11733 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11734 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11735 int i;
11736 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11737
11738 if (arg)
11739 {
11740 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11741 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11742 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11743 default_match = 0;
11744 }
11745 else
11746 {
11747 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11748 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11749 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11750 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11751
11752 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11753 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11754 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11755 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11756 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11757 error (_("No source file specified."));
11758
11759 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11760 sals.nelts = 1;
11761
11762 default_match = 1;
11763 }
11764
11765 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11766 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11767 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11768 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11769
11770 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11771 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11772 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11773 due to optimization, all in one block.
11774
11775 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11776 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11777 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11778 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11779 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11780 to support that. */
11781
11782 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11783 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11784 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11785 breakpoint. */
11786
11787 found = NULL;
11788 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11789 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11790 {
11791 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11792
11793 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11794 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11795 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11796 or at default pc.
11797
11798 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11799
11800 0 1 pc
11801 1 1 pc _and_ line
11802 0 0 line
11803 1 0 <can't happen> */
11804
11805 sal = sals.sals[i];
11806 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11807 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11808
11809 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11811 {
11812 int match = 0;
11813 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11814 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11815 {
11816 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11817 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11818 {
11819 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11820 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11821 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11822 && sal.pc
11823 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11824 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11825 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11826 || loc->section == sal.section));
11827 int line_match = 0;
11828
11829 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11830 && loc->source_file != NULL
11831 && sal.symtab != NULL
11832 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11833 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11834 {
11835 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11836 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11837 line_match = 1;
11838 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11839 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11840 sal.symtab->filename,
11841 sal_name_len))
11842 line_match = 1;
11843 }
11844
11845 if (pc_match || line_match)
11846 {
11847 match = 1;
11848 break;
11849 }
11850 }
11851 }
11852
11853 if (match)
11854 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11855 }
11856 }
11857
11858 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11859 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11860 {
11861 if (arg)
11862 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11863 else
11864 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11865 }
11866
11867 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11868 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11869 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11870 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11871 compare_breakpoints);
11872 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11873 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11874 {
11875 if (b == prev)
11876 {
11877 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11878 --ix;
11879 }
11880 }
11881
11882 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11883 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11884 if (from_tty)
11885 {
11886 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11887 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11888 else
11889 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11890 }
11891 breakpoints_changed ();
11892
11893 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11894 {
11895 if (from_tty)
11896 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11897 delete_breakpoint (b);
11898 }
11899 if (from_tty)
11900 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11901
11902 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11903 }
11904 \f
11905 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11906 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11907 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11908
11909 void
11910 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11911 {
11912 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11913
11914 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11915 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11916 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11917 && bs->stop)
11918 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11919
11920 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11921 {
11922 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11923 delete_breakpoint (b);
11924 }
11925 }
11926
11927 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11928 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11929 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11930 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11931 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11932 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11933
11934 static int
11935 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11936 {
11937 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11938 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11939 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11940 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11941 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11942
11943 if (a->address != b->address)
11944 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11945
11946 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11947 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11948 grouped. */
11949
11950 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11951 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11952 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11953
11954 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11955 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11956 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11957
11958 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11959 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11960 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11961
11962 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11963 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11964 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11965
11966 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11967 }
11968
11969 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11970 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11971 content of the bp_location array. */
11972
11973 static void
11974 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11975 {
11976 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11977
11978 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11979 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11980
11981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11982 {
11983 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11984
11985 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11986 continue;
11987
11988 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11989 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11990
11991 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11992 addr = bl->address - start;
11993 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11994 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11995
11996 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11997
11998 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11999 addr = end - bl->address;
12000 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12001 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12002 }
12003 }
12004
12005 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12006
12007 static void
12008 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12009 {
12010 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12011 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12012
12013 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12014 return;
12015
12016 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12017
12018 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12019 {
12020 struct tracepoint *t;
12021
12022 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
12023 continue;
12024
12025 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12026 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12027 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12028 continue;
12029
12030 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12031 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12032 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12033 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12034 continue;
12035
12036 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12037
12038 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12039
12040 bl->inserted = 1;
12041 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
12042 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
12043 }
12044
12045 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12046 }
12047
12048 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12049
12050 static void
12051 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12052 {
12053 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12054 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12055 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12056 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12057
12058 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12059 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12060 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12061 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12062 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12063
12064 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12065 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12066 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12067 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12068 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12069 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12070 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12071 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12072 }
12073
12074 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12075 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12076 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12077 the target. */
12078
12079 static void
12080 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12081 {
12082 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12083 struct bp_location *loc;
12084 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12085 int pspace_num;
12086
12087 address = bl->address;
12088 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12089
12090 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12091 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12092 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12093 side. */
12094 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12095 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12096 return;
12097
12098 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12099 the same program space as the location
12100 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12101 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12102 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12103 {
12104 loc = *loc2p;
12105
12106 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12107 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12108 continue;
12109
12110 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12111 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12112 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12113 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12114 that have already been marked. */
12115 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12116
12117 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12118 it later on. */
12119 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12120 {
12121 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12122 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12123 }
12124 }
12125 }
12126
12127 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12128 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12129 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12130 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12131 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12132 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12133 returns true on them.
12134
12135 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12136 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12137 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12138 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12139 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12140 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12141
12142 static void
12143 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12144 {
12145 struct breakpoint *b;
12146 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12147 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12148 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12149 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12150 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12151 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12152
12153 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12154 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12155 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12156 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12157 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12158 once. */
12159 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12160 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12161 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12162 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12163
12164 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12165 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12166 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12167 unsigned old_location_count;
12168
12169 old_location = bp_location;
12170 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12171 bp_location = NULL;
12172 bp_location_count = 0;
12173 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12174
12175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12176 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12177 bp_location_count++;
12178
12179 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12180 locp = bp_location;
12181 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12182 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12183 *locp++ = loc;
12184 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12185 bp_location_compare);
12186
12187 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12188
12189 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12190 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12191 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12192 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12193 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12194 location.
12195
12196 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12197 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12198
12199 locp = bp_location;
12200 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12201 old_locp++)
12202 {
12203 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12204 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12205
12206 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12207 not, we have to free it. */
12208 int found_object = 0;
12209 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12210 int keep_in_target = 0;
12211 int removed = 0;
12212
12213 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12214 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12215 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12216 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12217 locp++;
12218
12219 for (loc2p = locp;
12220 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12221 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12222 loc2p++)
12223 {
12224 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12225 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12226 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12227 place there. */
12228 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12229 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12230 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12231 {
12232 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12233 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12234 }
12235
12236 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12237 found_object = 1;
12238 }
12239
12240 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12241 have to go through updates again. */
12242 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12243
12244 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12245 if (!found_object)
12246 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12247
12248 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12249 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12250 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12251 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12252 at certain location is not inserted. */
12253
12254 if (old_loc->inserted)
12255 {
12256 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12257 it. */
12258
12259 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12260 {
12261 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12262 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12263 keep_in_target = 1;
12264 }
12265 else
12266 {
12267 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12268 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12269 remove its target-side condition. */
12270
12271 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12272 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12273 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12274 this one from the target. */
12275
12276 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12277 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12278 {
12279 for (loc2p = locp;
12280 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12281 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12282 loc2p++)
12283 {
12284 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12285
12286 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12287 {
12288 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12289 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12290 supported, but the latter are. */
12291 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12292 {
12293 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12294 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12295 }
12296
12297 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12298 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12299 unduplicated. */
12300 if (loc2 != old_loc
12301 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12302 {
12303 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12304 keep_in_target = 1;
12305 break;
12306 }
12307 }
12308 }
12309 }
12310 }
12311
12312 if (!keep_in_target)
12313 {
12314 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12315 {
12316 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12317 this location on the global list, and try to
12318 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12319 reason why we will succeed next time.
12320
12321 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12322 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12323 only after calling us. */
12324 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12325 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12326 old_loc->owner->number);
12327 }
12328 removed = 1;
12329 }
12330 }
12331
12332 if (!found_object)
12333 {
12334 if (removed && non_stop
12335 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12336 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12337 {
12338 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12339 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12340 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12341 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12342 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12343 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12344 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12345 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12346 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12347 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12348 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12349 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12350 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12351 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12352 SIGTRAP.
12353
12354 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12355 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12356
12357 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12358 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12359 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12360 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12361 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12362 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12363 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12364 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12365 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12366 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12367 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12368 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12369 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12370 thread_count.
12371
12372 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12373 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12374 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12375 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12376
12377 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12378 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12379 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12380 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12381 traps we can no longer explain. */
12382
12383 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12384 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12385
12386 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12387 }
12388 else
12389 {
12390 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12391 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12392 }
12393 }
12394 }
12395
12396 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12397 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12398 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12399 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12400 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12401 are sorted first for the same address.
12402
12403 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12404 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12405
12406 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12407 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12408 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12409 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12410 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12411 {
12412 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12413 non-NULL. */
12414 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12415 b = loc->owner;
12416
12417 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
12418 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12419 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12420 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12421 `struct bp_location'. */
12422 || is_tracepoint (b))
12423 {
12424 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12425 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12426 continue;
12427 }
12428
12429 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12430 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12431 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12432 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12433 "actually inserted"));
12434
12435 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12436 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12437 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12438 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12439 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12440 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12441 else
12442 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12443
12444 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12445 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12446 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12447 {
12448 *loc_first_p = loc;
12449 loc->duplicate = 0;
12450
12451 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12452 {
12453 loc->needs_update = 1;
12454 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12455 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12456 }
12457 continue;
12458 }
12459
12460
12461 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12462 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12463 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12464 if (loc->inserted)
12465 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12466 loc->duplicate = 1;
12467
12468 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12469 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12470
12471 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12472 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12473 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12474 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12475 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12476 }
12477
12478 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12479 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12480 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
12481 {
12482 if (should_insert)
12483 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12484 else
12485 {
12486 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12487 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12488 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12489 "needs_update". */
12490 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12491 }
12492 }
12493
12494 if (should_insert)
12495 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12496
12497 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12498 }
12499
12500 void
12501 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12502 {
12503 struct bp_location *loc;
12504 int ix;
12505
12506 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12507 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12508 {
12509 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12510 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12511 --ix;
12512 }
12513 }
12514
12515 static void
12516 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12517 {
12518 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12519
12520 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12521 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12522 }
12523
12524 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12525
12526 static void
12527 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12528 {
12529 bpstat bs;
12530
12531 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12532 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12533 {
12534 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12535 bs->old_val = NULL;
12536 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12537 }
12538 }
12539
12540 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12541 static int
12542 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12543 {
12544 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12545
12546 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12547 return 0;
12548 }
12549
12550 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12551 callbacks. */
12552
12553 static void
12554 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12555 {
12556 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12557 struct value_print_options opts;
12558
12559 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12560
12561 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12562 single string. */
12563 if (b->loc == NULL)
12564 {
12565 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12566 }
12567 else
12568 {
12569 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12570 {
12571 printf_filtered (" at ");
12572 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12573 gdb_stdout);
12574 }
12575 if (b->loc->source_file)
12576 {
12577 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12578 more nicely. */
12579 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12580 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12581 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12582 else
12583 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12584 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12585 real situation somewhat. */
12586 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12587 }
12588
12589 if (b->loc->next)
12590 {
12591 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12592 int n = 0;
12593 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12594 ++n;
12595 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12596 }
12597 }
12598 }
12599
12600 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12601
12602 static void
12603 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12604 {
12605 xfree (self->cond);
12606 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12607 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12608 xfree (self->function_name);
12609 xfree (self->source_file);
12610 }
12611
12612 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12613 {
12614 bp_location_dtor
12615 };
12616
12617 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12618 inherit from. */
12619
12620 static void
12621 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12622 {
12623 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12624 xfree (self->cond_string);
12625 xfree (self->addr_string);
12626 xfree (self->filter);
12627 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12628 }
12629
12630 static struct bp_location *
12631 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12632 {
12633 struct bp_location *loc;
12634
12635 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12636 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12637 return loc;
12638 }
12639
12640 static void
12641 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12642 {
12643 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12644 }
12645
12646 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12647 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12648
12649 static int
12650 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12651 {
12652 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12653 }
12654
12655 static int
12656 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12657 {
12658 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12659 }
12660
12661 static int
12662 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12663 struct address_space *aspace,
12664 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12665 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12666 {
12667 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12668 }
12669
12670 static void
12671 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12672 {
12673 /* Always stop. */
12674 }
12675
12676 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12677 errors. */
12678
12679 static int
12680 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12681 {
12682 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12683 }
12684
12685 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12686 errors. */
12687
12688 static int
12689 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12690 {
12691 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12692 }
12693
12694 static enum print_stop_action
12695 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12696 {
12697 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12698 }
12699
12700 static void
12701 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12702 struct ui_out *uiout)
12703 {
12704 /* nothing */
12705 }
12706
12707 static void
12708 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12709 {
12710 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12711 }
12712
12713 static void
12714 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12715 {
12716 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12717 }
12718
12719 static void
12720 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12721 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12722 enum bptype type_wanted,
12723 char *addr_start,
12724 char **copy_arg)
12725 {
12726 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12727 }
12728
12729 static void
12730 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12731 struct linespec_result *c,
12732 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12733 char *cond_string,
12734 char *extra_string,
12735 enum bptype type_wanted,
12736 enum bpdisp disposition,
12737 int thread,
12738 int task, int ignore_count,
12739 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12740 int from_tty, int enabled,
12741 int internal, unsigned flags)
12742 {
12743 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12744 }
12745
12746 static void
12747 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12748 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12749 {
12750 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12751 }
12752
12753 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12754 {
12755 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12756 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12757 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12758 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12759 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12760 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12761 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12762 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12763 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12764 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12765 NULL,
12766 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12767 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12768 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12769 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12770 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12771 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12772 };
12773
12774 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12775
12776 static void
12777 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12778 {
12779 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12780 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12781 {
12782 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12783 delete_breakpoint (b);
12784 return;
12785 }
12786
12787 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12788 }
12789
12790 static int
12791 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12792 {
12793 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12794 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12795 &bl->target_info);
12796 else
12797 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12798 &bl->target_info);
12799 }
12800
12801 static int
12802 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12803 {
12804 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12805 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12806 else
12807 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12808 }
12809
12810 static int
12811 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12812 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12813 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12814 {
12815 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12816
12817 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12818 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12819 return 0;
12820
12821 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12822 aspace, bp_addr))
12823 return 0;
12824
12825 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12826 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12827 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12828 return 0;
12829
12830 return 1;
12831 }
12832
12833 static int
12834 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12835 {
12836 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12837
12838 return 1;
12839 }
12840
12841 static enum print_stop_action
12842 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12843 {
12844 struct breakpoint *b;
12845 const struct bp_location *bl;
12846 int bp_temp;
12847 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12848
12849 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12850
12851 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12852 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12853
12854 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12855 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12856 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12857 bl->address,
12858 b->number, 1);
12859 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12860 if (bp_temp)
12861 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12862 else
12863 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12864 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12865 {
12866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12867 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12868 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12869 }
12870 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12871 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12872
12873 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12874 }
12875
12876 static void
12877 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12878 {
12879 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12880 return;
12881
12882 switch (b->type)
12883 {
12884 case bp_breakpoint:
12885 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12886 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12887 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12888 else
12889 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12890 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12891 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12892 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12893 break;
12894 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12895 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12896 break;
12897 case bp_dprintf:
12898 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12899 break;
12900 }
12901
12902 say_where (b);
12903 }
12904
12905 static void
12906 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12907 {
12908 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12909 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12910 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12912 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12913 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12915 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12917 else
12918 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12919 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12920
12921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12922 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12923 }
12924
12925 static void
12926 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12927 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12928 enum bptype type_wanted,
12929 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12930 {
12931 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12932 addr_start, copy_arg);
12933 }
12934
12935 static void
12936 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12937 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12938 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12939 char *cond_string,
12940 char *extra_string,
12941 enum bptype type_wanted,
12942 enum bpdisp disposition,
12943 int thread,
12944 int task, int ignore_count,
12945 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12946 int from_tty, int enabled,
12947 int internal, unsigned flags)
12948 {
12949 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12950 cond_string, extra_string,
12951 type_wanted,
12952 disposition, thread, task,
12953 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12954 enabled, internal, flags);
12955 }
12956
12957 static void
12958 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12959 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12960 {
12961 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12962 }
12963
12964 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12965
12966 static void
12967 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12968 {
12969 switch (b->type)
12970 {
12971 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12972 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12973 case bp_overlay_event:
12974 case bp_longjmp_master:
12975 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12976 case bp_exception_master:
12977 delete_breakpoint (b);
12978 break;
12979
12980 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12981 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12982 case bp_shlib_event:
12983
12984 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12985 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12986 case bp_thread_event:
12987 break;
12988 }
12989 }
12990
12991 static void
12992 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12993 {
12994 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12995 {
12996 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12997 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12998 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12999 objects (among other things). */
13000 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13001 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13002 }
13003 else
13004 bs->stop = 0;
13005 }
13006
13007 static enum print_stop_action
13008 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13009 {
13010 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13011 struct breakpoint *b;
13012
13013 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13014
13015 switch (b->type)
13016 {
13017 case bp_shlib_event:
13018 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13019 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13020 to shlib event" message.) */
13021 print_solib_event (0);
13022 break;
13023
13024 case bp_thread_event:
13025 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13026 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13027 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13028 break;
13029
13030 case bp_overlay_event:
13031 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13032 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13033 break;
13034
13035 case bp_longjmp_master:
13036 /* These should never be enabled. */
13037 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13038 break;
13039
13040 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13041 /* These should never be enabled. */
13042 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13043 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13044 break;
13045
13046 case bp_exception_master:
13047 /* These should never be enabled. */
13048 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13049 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13050 break;
13051 }
13052
13053 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13054 }
13055
13056 static void
13057 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13058 {
13059 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13060 }
13061
13062 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13063
13064 static void
13065 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13066 {
13067 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13068 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13069 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13070 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13071 }
13072
13073 static void
13074 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13075 {
13076 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13077 }
13078
13079 static enum print_stop_action
13080 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13081 {
13082 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13083
13084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13085 {
13086 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13087
13088 switch (b->type)
13089 {
13090 case bp_finish:
13091 ui_out_field_string
13092 (uiout, "reason",
13093 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13094 break;
13095
13096 case bp_until:
13097 ui_out_field_string
13098 (uiout, "reason",
13099 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13100 break;
13101 }
13102 }
13103
13104 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13105 }
13106
13107 static void
13108 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13109 {
13110 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13111 }
13112
13113 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13114
13115 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13116 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13117
13118 static void
13119 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13120 {
13121 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13122
13123 if (tp)
13124 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13125
13126 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13127 }
13128
13129 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13130
13131 static int
13132 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13133 {
13134 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13135
13136 if (v == 0)
13137 {
13138 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13139 if needed. */
13140 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13141 }
13142
13143 return v;
13144 }
13145
13146 static int
13147 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13148 {
13149 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13150 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13151
13152 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13153 }
13154
13155 static void
13156 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13157 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13158 enum bptype type_wanted,
13159 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13160 {
13161 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13162
13163 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13164
13165 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13166 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13167
13168 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13169 }
13170
13171 static void
13172 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13173 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13174 {
13175 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13176 if (!sals->sals)
13177 error (_("probe not found"));
13178 }
13179
13180 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13181
13182 static void
13183 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13184 {
13185 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13186 }
13187
13188 static int
13189 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13190 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13191 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13192 {
13193 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13194 tracepoints. */
13195 return 0;
13196 }
13197
13198 static void
13199 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13200 struct ui_out *uiout)
13201 {
13202 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13203 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13204 {
13205 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13206
13207 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13208 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13209 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13210 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13211 }
13212 }
13213
13214 static void
13215 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13216 {
13217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13218 return;
13219
13220 switch (b->type)
13221 {
13222 case bp_tracepoint:
13223 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13224 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13225 break;
13226 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13227 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13228 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13229 break;
13230 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13231 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13232 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13233 break;
13234 default:
13235 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13236 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13237 }
13238
13239 say_where (b);
13240 }
13241
13242 static void
13243 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13244 {
13245 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13246
13247 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13249 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13250 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13251 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13252 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13253 else
13254 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13255 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13256
13257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13258 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13259
13260 if (tp->pass_count)
13261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13262 }
13263
13264 static void
13265 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13266 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13267 enum bptype type_wanted,
13268 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13269 {
13270 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13271 addr_start, copy_arg);
13272 }
13273
13274 static void
13275 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13276 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13277 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13278 char *cond_string,
13279 char *extra_string,
13280 enum bptype type_wanted,
13281 enum bpdisp disposition,
13282 int thread,
13283 int task, int ignore_count,
13284 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13285 int from_tty, int enabled,
13286 int internal, unsigned flags)
13287 {
13288 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13289 cond_string, extra_string,
13290 type_wanted,
13291 disposition, thread, task,
13292 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13293 enabled, internal, flags);
13294 }
13295
13296 static void
13297 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13298 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13299 {
13300 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13301 }
13302
13303 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13304
13305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13306 static probe. */
13307
13308 static void
13309 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13310 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13311 enum bptype type_wanted,
13312 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13313 {
13314 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13315 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13316 addr_start, copy_arg);
13317 }
13318
13319 static void
13320 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13321 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13322 {
13323 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13324 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13325 }
13326
13327 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13328
13329 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13330 markers (`-m'). */
13331
13332 static void
13333 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13334 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13335 enum bptype type_wanted,
13336 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13337 {
13338 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13339
13340 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13341
13342 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13343
13344 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13345 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13346 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13347 }
13348
13349 static void
13350 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13351 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13352 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13353 char *cond_string,
13354 char *extra_string,
13355 enum bptype type_wanted,
13356 enum bpdisp disposition,
13357 int thread,
13358 int task, int ignore_count,
13359 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13360 int from_tty, int enabled,
13361 int internal, unsigned flags)
13362 {
13363 int i;
13364
13365 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13366 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13367 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13368 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13369 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13370 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13371
13372 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13373 {
13374 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13375 struct tracepoint *tp;
13376 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13377 char *addr_string;
13378
13379 expanded.nelts = 1;
13380 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13381
13382 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13383 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13384
13385 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13386 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13387 addr_string, NULL,
13388 cond_string, extra_string,
13389 type_wanted, disposition,
13390 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13391 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13392 canonical->special_display);
13393 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13394 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13395 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13396 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13397 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13398 corresponds to this one */
13399 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13400
13401 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13402
13403 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13404 }
13405 }
13406
13407 static void
13408 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13409 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13410 {
13411 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13412
13413 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13414 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13415 {
13416 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13417 sals->nelts = 1;
13418 }
13419 else
13420 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13421 }
13422
13423 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13424
13425 static int
13426 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13427 {
13428 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13429 }
13430
13431 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13432 structures. */
13433
13434 void
13435 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13436 {
13437 struct breakpoint *b;
13438
13439 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13440
13441 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13442 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13443 especial culprits.
13444
13445 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13446 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13447 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13448 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13449 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13450 deleted.
13451
13452 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13453 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13454 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13455 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13456 was chosen. */
13457 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13458 return;
13459
13460 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13461 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13462 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13463 {
13464 struct breakpoint *related;
13465 struct watchpoint *w;
13466
13467 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13468 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13469 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13470 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13471 else
13472 w = NULL;
13473 if (w != NULL)
13474 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13475
13476 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13477 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13478 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13479 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13480 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13481 }
13482
13483 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13484 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13485 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13486 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13487 if (bpt->number)
13488 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13489
13490 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13491 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13492
13493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13494 if (b->next == bpt)
13495 {
13496 b->next = bpt->next;
13497 break;
13498 }
13499
13500 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13501 been freed. */
13502 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13503 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13504 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13505 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13506 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13507 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13508 commands won't work. */
13509
13510 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13511
13512 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13513 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13514 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13515 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13516 might be better design to have location completely
13517 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13518 update_global_location_list (0);
13519
13520 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13521 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13522 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13523 bpt->type = bp_none;
13524 xfree (bpt);
13525 }
13526
13527 static void
13528 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13529 {
13530 delete_breakpoint (b);
13531 }
13532
13533 struct cleanup *
13534 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13535 {
13536 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13537 }
13538
13539 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13540 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13541
13542 static void
13543 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13544 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13545 void *),
13546 void *data)
13547 {
13548 struct breakpoint *related;
13549
13550 related = b;
13551 do
13552 {
13553 struct breakpoint *next;
13554
13555 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13556 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13557
13558 if (next == related)
13559 {
13560 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13561 function (related, data);
13562
13563 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13564 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13565 out. */
13566 break;
13567 }
13568 else
13569 function (related, data);
13570
13571 related = next;
13572 }
13573 while (related != b);
13574 }
13575
13576 static void
13577 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13578 {
13579 delete_breakpoint (b);
13580 }
13581
13582 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13583 delete_breakpoint. */
13584
13585 static void
13586 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13587 {
13588 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13589 }
13590
13591 void
13592 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13593 {
13594 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13595
13596 dont_repeat ();
13597
13598 if (arg == 0)
13599 {
13600 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13601
13602 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13603 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13604 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13606 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13607 {
13608 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13609 break;
13610 }
13611
13612 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13613 if (!from_tty
13614 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13615 {
13616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13617 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13618 delete_breakpoint (b);
13619 }
13620 }
13621 else
13622 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13623 }
13624
13625 static int
13626 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13627 {
13628 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13629 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13630 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13631 return 0;
13632 return 1;
13633 }
13634
13635 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13636 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13637 Null names are ignored. */
13638
13639 static int
13640 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13641 {
13642 struct bp_location *l;
13643 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13644 (int (*) (const void *,
13645 const void *)) streq,
13646 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13647
13648 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13649 {
13650 const char **slot;
13651 const char *name = l->function_name;
13652
13653 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13654 if (name == NULL)
13655 continue;
13656
13657 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13658 INSERT);
13659 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13660 returns NULL. */
13661 if (*slot != NULL)
13662 {
13663 htab_delete (htab);
13664 return 1;
13665 }
13666 *slot = name;
13667 }
13668
13669 htab_delete (htab);
13670 return 0;
13671 }
13672
13673 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13674 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13675 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13676 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13677 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13678 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13679 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13680 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13681 The heuristic is:
13682
13683 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13684 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13685 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13686 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13687 in the sources, and output a warning.
13688
13689 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13690 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13691 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13692 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13693 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13694 warning.
13695
13696 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13697 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13698 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13699 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13700 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13701 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13702 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13703 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13704 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13705
13706 static struct symtab_and_line
13707 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13708 {
13709 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13710 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13711 CORE_ADDR pc;
13712
13713 pc = sal.pc;
13714 if (sal.line)
13715 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13716
13717 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13718 {
13719 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13720 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13721 b->number,
13722 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13723
13724 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13725 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13726 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13727
13728 return sal;
13729 }
13730
13731 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13732 by string ID. */
13733 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13734 && sal.line != 0
13735 && sal.symtab != NULL
13736 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13737 {
13738 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13739
13740 markers
13741 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13742
13743 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13744 {
13745 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13746 struct symbol *sym;
13747 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13748 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13749
13750 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13751
13752 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13753 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13754
13755 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13756 "found at previous line number"),
13757 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13758
13759 init_sal (&sal2);
13760
13761 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13762
13763 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13764 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13765 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13766 if (sym)
13767 {
13768 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13769 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13770 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13771 }
13772 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13773 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13774
13775 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13776 {
13777 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13778
13779 if (fullname)
13780 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13781 }
13782
13783 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13784 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13785
13786 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13787
13788 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13789 if (sym)
13790 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13791 else
13792 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13793
13794 xfree (b->addr_string);
13795 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13796 sal2.symtab->filename,
13797 b->loc->line_number);
13798
13799 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13800 so. */
13801
13802 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13803 }
13804 }
13805 return sal;
13806 }
13807
13808 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13809 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13810
13811 static int
13812 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13813 {
13814 while (a && b)
13815 {
13816 if (a->address != b->address)
13817 return 0;
13818
13819 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13820 return 0;
13821
13822 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13823 return 0;
13824
13825 a = a->next;
13826 b = b->next;
13827 }
13828
13829 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13830 return 0;
13831
13832 return 1;
13833 }
13834
13835 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13836 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13837 a ranged breakpoint. */
13838
13839 void
13840 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13841 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13842 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13843 {
13844 int i;
13845 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13846
13847 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13848 {
13849 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13850 location. */
13851 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13852 update_global_location_list (1);
13853 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13854 "multiple locations found\n"),
13855 b->number);
13856 return;
13857 }
13858
13859 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13860 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13861 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13862 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13863 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13864 individual locations. */
13865 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13866 return;
13867
13868 b->loc = NULL;
13869
13870 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13871 {
13872 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13873
13874 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13875
13876 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13877
13878 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13879 old symtab. */
13880 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13881 {
13882 char *s;
13883 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13884
13885 s = b->cond_string;
13886 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13887 {
13888 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13889 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13890 0);
13891 }
13892 if (e.reason < 0)
13893 {
13894 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13895 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13896 b->number, e.message);
13897 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13898 }
13899 }
13900
13901 if (sals_end.nelts)
13902 {
13903 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13904
13905 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13906 }
13907 }
13908
13909 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13910 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13911 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13912
13913 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13914 breakpoints. */
13915 {
13916 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13917 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13918 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13919 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13920 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13921 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13922 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13923
13924 for (; e; e = e->next)
13925 {
13926 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13927 {
13928 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13929 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13930 {
13931 for (; l; l = l->next)
13932 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13933 {
13934 l->enabled = 0;
13935 break;
13936 }
13937 }
13938 else
13939 {
13940 for (; l; l = l->next)
13941 if (l->function_name
13942 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13943 {
13944 l->enabled = 0;
13945 break;
13946 }
13947 }
13948 }
13949 }
13950 }
13951
13952 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13953 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13954
13955 update_global_location_list (1);
13956 }
13957
13958 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13959 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13960
13961 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13962 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
13963 {
13964 char *s;
13965 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
13966 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13967
13968 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13969 s = addr_string;
13970
13971 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13972 {
13973 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
13974 }
13975 if (e.reason < 0)
13976 {
13977 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13978 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13979 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13980 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13981 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13982 state, then user already saw the message about that
13983 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13984 errors. */
13985 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13986 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13987 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13988 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13989 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13990 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13991
13992 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13993 {
13994 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13995 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13996 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13997 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13998 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13999 which approach is better. */
14000 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14001 throw_exception (e);
14002 }
14003 }
14004
14005 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14006 {
14007 int i;
14008
14009 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14010 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14011 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14012 {
14013 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14014 int thread, task;
14015
14016 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14017 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14018 &extra_string);
14019 if (cond_string)
14020 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14021 b->thread = thread;
14022 b->task = task;
14023 if (extra_string)
14024 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14025 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14026 }
14027
14028 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14029 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14030
14031 *found = 1;
14032 }
14033 else
14034 *found = 0;
14035
14036 return sals;
14037 }
14038
14039 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14040 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14041 locations. */
14042
14043 static void
14044 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14045 {
14046 int found;
14047 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14048 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14049 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14050
14051 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14052 if (found)
14053 {
14054 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14055 expanded = sals;
14056 }
14057
14058 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14059 {
14060 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14061 if (found)
14062 {
14063 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14064 expanded_end = sals_end;
14065 }
14066 }
14067
14068 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14069 }
14070
14071 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14072 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14073
14074 static void
14075 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14076 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14077 enum bptype type_wanted,
14078 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14079 {
14080 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14081 }
14082
14083 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14084 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14085 breakpoint_ops. */
14086
14087 static void
14088 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14089 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14090 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14091 char *cond_string,
14092 char *extra_string,
14093 enum bptype type_wanted,
14094 enum bpdisp disposition,
14095 int thread,
14096 int task, int ignore_count,
14097 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14098 int from_tty, int enabled,
14099 int internal, unsigned flags)
14100 {
14101 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14102 extra_string,
14103 type_wanted, disposition,
14104 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14105 enabled, internal, flags);
14106 }
14107
14108 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14109 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14110
14111 static void
14112 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14113 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14114 {
14115 struct linespec_result canonical;
14116
14117 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14118 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14119 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14120 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14121 b->filter);
14122
14123 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14124 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14125
14126 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14127 {
14128 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14129
14130 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14131 *sals = lsal->sals;
14132 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14133 contents. */
14134 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14135 }
14136
14137 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14138 }
14139
14140 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14141
14142 static struct cleanup *
14143 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14144 {
14145 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14146
14147 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14148 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14149 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14150 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14151 set_language (b->language);
14152
14153 return cleanups;
14154 }
14155
14156 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14157 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14158 Unused in this case. */
14159
14160 static int
14161 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14162 {
14163 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14164 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14165 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14166
14167 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14168 b->ops->re_set (b);
14169 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14170 return 0;
14171 }
14172
14173 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14174 void
14175 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14176 {
14177 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14178 enum language save_language;
14179 int save_input_radix;
14180 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14181
14182 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14183 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14184 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14185
14186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14187 {
14188 /* Format possible error msg. */
14189 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14190 b->number);
14191 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14192 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14193 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14194 }
14195 set_language (save_language);
14196 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14197
14198 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14199
14200 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14201
14202 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14203 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14204 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14205 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14206
14207 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14208 skip_re_set ();
14209 }
14210 \f
14211 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14212
14213 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14214 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14215 void
14216 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14217 {
14218 if (b->thread != -1)
14219 {
14220 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14221 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14222
14223 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14224 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14225 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14226 as well. */
14227 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14228 }
14229 }
14230
14231 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14232 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14233 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14234
14235 void
14236 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14237 {
14238 struct breakpoint *b;
14239
14240 if (count < 0)
14241 count = 0;
14242
14243 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14244 if (b->number == bptnum)
14245 {
14246 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14247 {
14248 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14249 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14250 bptnum);
14251 return;
14252 }
14253
14254 b->ignore_count = count;
14255 if (from_tty)
14256 {
14257 if (count == 0)
14258 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14259 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14260 bptnum);
14261 else if (count == 1)
14262 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14263 bptnum);
14264 else
14265 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14266 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14267 count, bptnum);
14268 }
14269 breakpoints_changed ();
14270 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14271 return;
14272 }
14273
14274 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14275 }
14276
14277 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14278
14279 static void
14280 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14281 {
14282 char *p = args;
14283 int num;
14284
14285 if (p == 0)
14286 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14287
14288 num = get_number (&p);
14289 if (num == 0)
14290 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14291 if (*p == 0)
14292 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14293
14294 set_ignore_count (num,
14295 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14296 from_tty);
14297 if (from_tty)
14298 printf_filtered ("\n");
14299 }
14300 \f
14301 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14302 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14303
14304 static void
14305 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14306 void *),
14307 void *data)
14308 {
14309 int num;
14310 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14311 int match;
14312 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14313
14314 if (args == 0)
14315 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14316
14317 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14318
14319 while (!state.finished)
14320 {
14321 char *p = state.string;
14322
14323 match = 0;
14324
14325 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14326 if (num == 0)
14327 {
14328 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14329 }
14330 else
14331 {
14332 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14333 if (b->number == num)
14334 {
14335 match = 1;
14336 function (b, data);
14337 break;
14338 }
14339 if (match == 0)
14340 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14341 }
14342 }
14343 }
14344
14345 static struct bp_location *
14346 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14347 {
14348 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14349 char *p1;
14350 int bp_num;
14351 int loc_num;
14352 struct breakpoint *b;
14353 struct bp_location *loc;
14354
14355 *dot = '\0';
14356
14357 p1 = number;
14358 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14359 if (bp_num == 0)
14360 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14361
14362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14363 if (b->number == bp_num)
14364 {
14365 break;
14366 }
14367
14368 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14369 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14370
14371 p1 = dot+1;
14372 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14373 if (loc_num == 0)
14374 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14375
14376 --loc_num;
14377 loc = b->loc;
14378 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14379 ;
14380 if (!loc)
14381 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14382
14383 return loc;
14384 }
14385
14386
14387 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14388 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14389 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14390
14391 void
14392 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14393 {
14394 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14395 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14396 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14397 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14398 return;
14399
14400 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14401 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14402 return;
14403
14404 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14405
14406 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14407 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14408
14409 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14410 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14411 {
14412 struct bp_location *location;
14413
14414 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14415 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14416 }
14417
14418 update_global_location_list (0);
14419
14420 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14421 }
14422
14423 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14424
14425 static void
14426 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14427 {
14428 disable_breakpoint (b);
14429 }
14430
14431 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14432 disable_breakpoint. */
14433
14434 static void
14435 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14436 {
14437 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14438 }
14439
14440 static void
14441 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14442 {
14443 if (args == 0)
14444 {
14445 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14446
14447 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14448 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14449 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14450 }
14451 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14452 {
14453 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14454 if (loc)
14455 {
14456 if (loc->enabled)
14457 {
14458 loc->enabled = 0;
14459 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14460 }
14461 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14462 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14463 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14464 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14465 }
14466 update_global_location_list (0);
14467 }
14468 else
14469 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14470 }
14471
14472 static void
14473 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14474 int count)
14475 {
14476 int target_resources_ok;
14477
14478 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14479 {
14480 int i;
14481 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14482 target_resources_ok =
14483 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14484 i + 1, 0);
14485 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14486 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14487 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14488 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14489 }
14490
14491 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14492 {
14493 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14494 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14495 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14496
14497 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14498 {
14499 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14500
14501 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14502 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14503 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14504 }
14505 if (e.reason < 0)
14506 {
14507 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14508 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14509 bpt->number);
14510 return;
14511 }
14512 }
14513
14514 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14515 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14516
14517 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14518
14519 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14520 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14521
14522 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14523 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14524 {
14525 struct bp_location *location;
14526
14527 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14528 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14529 }
14530
14531 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14532 bpt->enable_count = count;
14533 update_global_location_list (1);
14534 breakpoints_changed ();
14535
14536 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14537 }
14538
14539
14540 void
14541 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14542 {
14543 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14544 }
14545
14546 static void
14547 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14548 {
14549 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14550 }
14551
14552 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14553 enable_breakpoint. */
14554
14555 static void
14556 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14557 {
14558 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14559 }
14560
14561 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14562 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14563 in stopping the inferior. */
14564
14565 static void
14566 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14567 {
14568 if (args == 0)
14569 {
14570 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14571
14572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14573 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14574 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14575 }
14576 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14577 {
14578 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14579 if (loc)
14580 {
14581 if (!loc->enabled)
14582 {
14583 loc->enabled = 1;
14584 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14585 }
14586 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14587 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14588 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14589 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14590 }
14591 update_global_location_list (1);
14592 }
14593 else
14594 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14595 }
14596
14597 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14598 breakpoints. */
14599
14600 struct disp_data
14601 {
14602 enum bpdisp disp;
14603 int count;
14604 };
14605
14606 static void
14607 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14608 {
14609 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14610
14611 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14612 }
14613
14614 static void
14615 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14616 {
14617 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14618
14619 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14620 }
14621
14622 static void
14623 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14624 {
14625 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14626 }
14627
14628 static void
14629 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14630 {
14631 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14632
14633 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14634 }
14635
14636 static void
14637 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14638 {
14639 int count = get_number (&args);
14640
14641 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14642 }
14643
14644 static void
14645 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14646 {
14647 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14648
14649 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14650 }
14651
14652 static void
14653 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14654 {
14655 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14656 }
14657 \f
14658 static void
14659 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14660 {
14661 }
14662
14663 static void
14664 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14665 {
14666 }
14667
14668 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14669 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14670 GDB itself. */
14671
14672 static void
14673 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
14674 const bfd_byte *data)
14675 {
14676 struct breakpoint *bp;
14677
14678 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14679 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14680 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14681 {
14682 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14683
14684 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14685 {
14686 struct bp_location *loc;
14687
14688 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14689 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14690 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14691 && addr + len > loc->address)
14692 {
14693 value_free (wp->val);
14694 wp->val = NULL;
14695 wp->val_valid = 0;
14696 }
14697 }
14698 }
14699 }
14700
14701 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14702 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14703 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14704 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14705 someday. */
14706
14707 void *
14708 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14709 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14710 {
14711 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14712
14713 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14714
14715 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14716 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14717
14718 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14719 {
14720 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14721 xfree (bp_tgt);
14722 return NULL;
14723 }
14724
14725 return bp_tgt;
14726 }
14727
14728 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14729 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14730
14731 int
14732 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14733 {
14734 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14735 int ret;
14736
14737 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14738 xfree (bp_tgt);
14739
14740 return ret;
14741 }
14742
14743 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14744 stepping. */
14745
14746 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14747 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14748
14749 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14750
14751 void
14752 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14753 struct address_space *aspace,
14754 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14755 {
14756 void **bpt_p;
14757
14758 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14759 {
14760 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14761 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14762 }
14763 else
14764 {
14765 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14766 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14767 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14768 }
14769
14770 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14771 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14772 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14773 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14774 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14775 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14776
14777 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14778 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14779 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14780 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14781 }
14782
14783 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14784 were inserted or not. */
14785
14786 int
14787 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14788 {
14789 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14790 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14791 }
14792
14793 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14794
14795 void
14796 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14797 {
14798 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14799
14800 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14801 call. */
14802 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14803 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14804 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14805 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14806
14807 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14808 {
14809 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14810 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14811 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14812 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14813 }
14814 }
14815
14816 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14817 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14818 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14819 exec. */
14820
14821 void
14822 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14823 {
14824 int i;
14825
14826 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14827 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14828 {
14829 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14830 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14831 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14832 }
14833 }
14834
14835 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14836 removing them. */
14837
14838 static void
14839 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14840 {
14841 int i;
14842
14843 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14844 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14845 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14846 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14847 }
14848
14849 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14850 PC. */
14851
14852 static int
14853 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14854 CORE_ADDR pc)
14855 {
14856 int i;
14857
14858 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14859 {
14860 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14861 if (bp_tgt
14862 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14863 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14864 aspace, pc))
14865 return 1;
14866 }
14867
14868 return 0;
14869 }
14870
14871 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14872 non-zero otherwise. */
14873 static int
14874 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14875 {
14876 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14877 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14878 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14879 return 1;
14880 else
14881 return 0;
14882 }
14883
14884 int
14885 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14886 {
14887 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14888 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14889
14890 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14891 }
14892
14893 int
14894 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14895 {
14896 struct breakpoint *bp;
14897
14898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14899 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14900 {
14901 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14902
14903 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14904 {
14905 int i, iter;
14906 for (i = 0;
14907 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14908 i++)
14909 if (syscall_number == iter)
14910 return 1;
14911 }
14912 else
14913 return 1;
14914 }
14915
14916 return 0;
14917 }
14918
14919 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14920 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14921 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14922 char *text, char *word)
14923 {
14924 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14925 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14926 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14927
14928 xfree (list);
14929 return retlist;
14930 }
14931
14932 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14933
14934 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14935 static void
14936 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14937 {
14938 tracepoint_count = num;
14939 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14940 }
14941
14942 static void
14943 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14944 {
14945 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14946 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14947
14948 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14949 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14950 else
14951 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14952
14953 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14954 arg,
14955 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14956 0 /* tempflag */,
14957 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14958 0 /* Ignore count */,
14959 pending_break_support,
14960 ops,
14961 from_tty,
14962 1 /* enabled */,
14963 0 /* internal */, 0))
14964 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14965 }
14966
14967 static void
14968 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14969 {
14970 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14971 arg,
14972 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14973 0 /* tempflag */,
14974 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14975 0 /* Ignore count */,
14976 pending_break_support,
14977 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14978 from_tty,
14979 1 /* enabled */,
14980 0 /* internal */, 0))
14981 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14982 }
14983
14984 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14985
14986 static void
14987 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14988 {
14989 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14990
14991 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14992 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14993 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
14994 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14995 else
14996 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14997
14998 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14999 arg,
15000 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15001 0 /* tempflag */,
15002 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15003 0 /* Ignore count */,
15004 pending_break_support,
15005 ops,
15006 from_tty,
15007 1 /* enabled */,
15008 0 /* internal */, 0))
15009 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15010 }
15011
15012 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15013 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15014
15015 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15016 static int next_cmd;
15017
15018 static char *
15019 read_uploaded_action (void)
15020 {
15021 char *rslt;
15022
15023 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15024
15025 next_cmd++;
15026
15027 return rslt;
15028 }
15029
15030 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15031 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15032 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15033 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15034 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15035
15036 struct tracepoint *
15037 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15038 {
15039 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15040 struct tracepoint *tp;
15041
15042 if (utp->at_string)
15043 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15044 else
15045 {
15046 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15047 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15048 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15049 user. */
15050 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15051 "source location, using raw address"),
15052 utp->number);
15053 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15054 addr_str = small_buf;
15055 }
15056
15057 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15058 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15059 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15060 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15061 utp->number);
15062
15063 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15064 addr_str,
15065 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15066 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15067 0 /* tempflag */,
15068 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15069 0 /* Ignore count */,
15070 pending_break_support,
15071 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15072 0 /* from_tty */,
15073 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15074 0 /* internal */,
15075 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15076 return NULL;
15077
15078 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15079
15080 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15081 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15082 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15083
15084 if (utp->pass > 0)
15085 {
15086 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
15087
15088 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15089 }
15090
15091 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15092 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15093 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15094 function. */
15095 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15096 {
15097 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15098
15099 this_utp = utp;
15100 next_cmd = 0;
15101
15102 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15103
15104 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15105 }
15106 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15107 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15108 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15109 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15110 utp->number);
15111
15112 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15113 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15114 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15115
15116 return tp;
15117 }
15118
15119 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15120 omitted. */
15121
15122 static void
15123 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15124 {
15125 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15126 int num_printed;
15127
15128 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15129
15130 if (num_printed == 0)
15131 {
15132 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15133 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15134 else
15135 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15136 }
15137
15138 default_collect_info ();
15139 }
15140
15141 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15142 Not supported by all targets. */
15143 static void
15144 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15145 {
15146 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15147 }
15148
15149 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15150 Not supported by all targets. */
15151 static void
15152 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15153 {
15154 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15155 }
15156
15157 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15158 static void
15159 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15160 {
15161 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15162
15163 dont_repeat ();
15164
15165 if (arg == 0)
15166 {
15167 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15168
15169 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15170 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15171 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15172 argument. */
15173 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15174 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15175 {
15176 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15177 break;
15178 }
15179
15180 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15181 if (!from_tty
15182 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15183 {
15184 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15185 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15186 delete_breakpoint (b);
15187 }
15188 }
15189 else
15190 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15191 }
15192
15193 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15194
15195 static void
15196 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15197 {
15198 tp->pass_count = count;
15199 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
15200 if (from_tty)
15201 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15202 tp->base.number, count);
15203 }
15204
15205 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15206
15207 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15208 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15209 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15210
15211 static void
15212 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15213 {
15214 struct tracepoint *t1;
15215 unsigned int count;
15216
15217 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15218 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15219 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15220
15221 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15222
15223 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15224 args++;
15225
15226 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15227 {
15228 struct breakpoint *b;
15229
15230 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15231 if (*args)
15232 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15233
15234 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15235 {
15236 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15237 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15238 }
15239 }
15240 else if (*args == '\0')
15241 {
15242 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15243 if (t1)
15244 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15245 }
15246 else
15247 {
15248 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15249
15250 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15251 while (!state.finished)
15252 {
15253 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15254 if (t1)
15255 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15256 }
15257 }
15258 }
15259
15260 struct tracepoint *
15261 get_tracepoint (int num)
15262 {
15263 struct breakpoint *t;
15264
15265 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15266 if (t->number == num)
15267 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15268
15269 return NULL;
15270 }
15271
15272 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15273 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15274 reconnecting). */
15275
15276 struct tracepoint *
15277 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15278 {
15279 struct breakpoint *b;
15280
15281 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15282 {
15283 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15284
15285 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15286 return t;
15287 }
15288
15289 return NULL;
15290 }
15291
15292 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15293 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15294 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15295 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15296 struct tracepoint *
15297 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15298 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15299 int optional_p)
15300 {
15301 extern int tracepoint_count;
15302 struct breakpoint *t;
15303 int tpnum;
15304 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15305
15306 if (state)
15307 {
15308 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15309 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15310 }
15311 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15312 {
15313 if (optional_p)
15314 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15315 else
15316 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15317 }
15318 else
15319 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15320
15321 if (tpnum <= 0)
15322 {
15323 if (instring && *instring)
15324 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15325 instring);
15326 else
15327 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15328 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15329 return NULL;
15330 }
15331
15332 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15333 if (t->number == tpnum)
15334 {
15335 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15336 }
15337
15338 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15339 return NULL;
15340 }
15341
15342 void
15343 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15344 {
15345 if (b->thread != -1)
15346 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15347
15348 if (b->task != 0)
15349 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15350
15351 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15352 }
15353
15354 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15355 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15356 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15357 non-zero. */
15358
15359 static void
15360 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15361 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15362 {
15363 struct breakpoint *tp;
15364 int any = 0;
15365 char *pathname;
15366 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15367 struct ui_file *fp;
15368 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15369
15370 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15371 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15372
15373 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15374 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15375 {
15376 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15377 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15378 continue;
15379
15380 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15381 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15382 continue;
15383
15384 any = 1;
15385
15386 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15387 {
15388 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15389
15390 /* We can stop searching. */
15391 break;
15392 }
15393 }
15394
15395 if (!any)
15396 {
15397 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15398 return;
15399 }
15400
15401 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15402 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15403 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15404 if (!fp)
15405 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15406 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15407 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15408
15409 if (extra_trace_bits)
15410 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15411
15412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15413 {
15414 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15415 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15416 continue;
15417
15418 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15419 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15420 continue;
15421
15422 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15423
15424 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15425 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15426 instead. */
15427
15428 if (tp->cond_string)
15429 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15430
15431 if (tp->ignore_count)
15432 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15433
15434 if (tp->commands)
15435 {
15436 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15437
15438 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15439
15440 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15441 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15442 {
15443 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15444 }
15445 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15446
15447 if (ex.reason < 0)
15448 throw_exception (ex);
15449
15450 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15451 }
15452
15453 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15454 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15455
15456 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15457 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15458 special, and not user visible. */
15459 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15460 {
15461 struct bp_location *loc;
15462 int n = 1;
15463
15464 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15465 if (!loc->enabled)
15466 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15467 }
15468 }
15469
15470 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15471 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15472
15473 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15474 if (from_tty)
15475 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15476 }
15477
15478 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15479
15480 static void
15481 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15482 {
15483 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15484 }
15485
15486 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15487
15488 static void
15489 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15490 {
15491 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15492 }
15493
15494 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15495
15496 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15497 all_tracepoints (void)
15498 {
15499 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15500 struct breakpoint *tp;
15501
15502 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15503 {
15504 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15505 }
15506
15507 return tp_vec;
15508 }
15509
15510 \f
15511 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15512 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15513 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15514 command. */
15515 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15516 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15517 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15518 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15519 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15520 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15521 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15522 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15523 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15524 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15525 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15526 \n\
15527 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15528 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15529 \n\
15530 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15531 conditions are different.\n\
15532 \n\
15533 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15534
15535 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15536 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15537
15538 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15539 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15540
15541 void
15542 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15543 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15544 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15545 completer_ftype *completer,
15546 void *user_data_catch,
15547 void *user_data_tcatch)
15548 {
15549 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15550
15551 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15552 &catch_cmdlist);
15553 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15554 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15555 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15556
15557 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15558 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15559 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15560 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15561 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15562 }
15563
15564 static void
15565 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15566 {
15567 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15568 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15569
15570 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15571 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15572 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15573 }
15574
15575 static void
15576 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15577 {
15578 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15579 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15580 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15581 }
15582
15583 struct breakpoint *
15584 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15585 void *data)
15586 {
15587 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15588
15589 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15590 {
15591 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15592 return b;
15593 }
15594
15595 return NULL;
15596 }
15597
15598 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15599 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15600
15601 static int
15602 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15603 {
15604 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15605 non-inline function. */
15606 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15607 return 1;
15608
15609 return 0;
15610 }
15611
15612 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15613 have been inlined. */
15614
15615 int
15616 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15617 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15618 {
15619 struct breakpoint *b;
15620 struct bp_location *bl;
15621
15622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15623 {
15624 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15625 continue;
15626
15627 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15628 {
15629 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15630 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15631 return 1;
15632 }
15633 }
15634
15635 return 0;
15636 }
15637
15638 void
15639 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15640 {
15641 static int initialized = 0;
15642
15643 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15644
15645 if (initialized)
15646 return;
15647 initialized = 1;
15648
15649 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15650 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15651 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15652 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15653 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15654 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15655 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15656 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15657 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15658 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15659 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15660 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15661
15662 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15663 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15664 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15665 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15666 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15667 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15668 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15669 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15670
15671 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15672 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15673 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15674 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15675 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15676 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15677 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15678 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15679 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15680 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15681
15682 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15683 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15684 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15685 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15686 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15687 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15688 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15689
15690 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15691 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15692 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15693 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15694 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15695 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15696 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15697
15698 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15699 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15700 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15701 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15702
15703 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15704 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15705 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15706 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15707 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15708 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15709 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15710
15711 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15712 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15713 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15714 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15715 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15716 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15717 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15718
15719 /* Watchpoints. */
15720 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15721 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15722 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15723 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15724 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15725 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15726 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15727 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15728 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15729 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15730 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15731 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15732 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15733
15734 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15735 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15736 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15737 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15738 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15739 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15740 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15741 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15742 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15743 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15744 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15745
15746 /* Tracepoints. */
15747 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15748 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15749 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15750 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15751 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15752 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15753 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15754 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15755 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15756 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15757
15758 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15759 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15760 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15761 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15762 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15763
15764 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15765 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15766 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15767 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15768 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15769 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15770
15771 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15772 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15773 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15774 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15775 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15776 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15777 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15778 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15779 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15780 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15781
15782 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15783 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15784 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15785 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15786 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15787 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15788 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15789 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15790 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15791 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15792
15793 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15794 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15795 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15796 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15797 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15798 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15799 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15800 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15801 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15802 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15803 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15804
15805 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15806 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15807 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15808 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15809 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15810 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15811 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15812 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15813 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15814 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15815 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15816
15817 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15818 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15819 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15820 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15821 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15822 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15823 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15824 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15825 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15826 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15827 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15828 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15829
15830 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15831 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15832 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15833 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15834 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15835 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15836 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15837 }
15838
15839 void
15840 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15841 {
15842 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15843
15844 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15845
15846 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15847 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15848 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15849
15850 breakpoint_objfile_key
15851 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15852
15853 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15854 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15855
15856 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15857 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15858 before a breakpoint is set. */
15859 breakpoint_count = 0;
15860
15861 tracepoint_count = 0;
15862
15863 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15864 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15865 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15866 if (xdb_commands)
15867 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15868
15869 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15870 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15871 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15872 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15873 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15874 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15875 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15876 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15877
15878 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15879 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15880 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15881 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15882 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15883
15884 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15885 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15886 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15887 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15888 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15889 \n"
15890 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15891 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15892
15893 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15894 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15895 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15896 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15897 \n"
15898 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15899 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15900
15901 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15902 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15903 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15904 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15905 \n"
15906 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15907 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15908
15909 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15910 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15911 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15912 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15913 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15914 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15915 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15916 if (xdb_commands)
15917 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15918 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15919 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15920 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15921 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15922 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15923
15924 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15925
15926 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15927 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15928 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15929 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15930 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15931 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15932
15933 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15934 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15935 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15936 &enablebreaklist);
15937
15938 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15939 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15940 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15941 &enablebreaklist);
15942
15943 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15944 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15945 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15946 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15947 &enablebreaklist);
15948
15949 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15950 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15951 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15952 &enablelist);
15953
15954 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15955 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15956 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15957 &enablelist);
15958
15959 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15960 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15961 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15962 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15963 &enablelist);
15964
15965 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15966 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15967 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15968 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15969 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15970 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15971 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15972 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15973 if (xdb_commands)
15974 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15975 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15976 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15977 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15978 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15979
15980 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15981 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15982 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15983 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15984 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15985 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15986 &disablelist);
15987
15988 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15989 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15990 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15991 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15992 \n\
15993 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15994 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15995 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15996 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15997 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15998 if (xdb_commands)
15999 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16000 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16001 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16002 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16003
16004 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16005 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16006 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16007 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16008 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16009 &deletelist);
16010
16011 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16012 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16013 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16014 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16015 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16016 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16017 \n\
16018 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16019 is executing in.\n\
16020 \n\
16021 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16022 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16023
16024 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16025 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16026 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16027 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16028
16029 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16030 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16031 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16032 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16033
16034 if (xdb_commands)
16035 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16036
16037 if (dbx_commands)
16038 {
16039 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16040 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16041 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16042 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16043 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16044 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16045 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16046 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16047 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16048 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16049 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16050 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16051 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16052 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16053 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16054 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16055 \n\
16056 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16057 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16058 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16059 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16060 breakpoint set."));
16061 }
16062
16063 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16064 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16065 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16066 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16067 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16068 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16069 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16070 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16071 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16072 \n\
16073 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16074 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16075 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16076 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16077 breakpoint set."));
16078
16079 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16080
16081 if (xdb_commands)
16082 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16083 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16084 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16085 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16086 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16087 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16088 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16089 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16090 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16091 \n\
16092 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16093 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16094 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16095 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16096 breakpoint set."));
16097
16098 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16099 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16100 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16101 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16102 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16103 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16104 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16105 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16106 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16107 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16108 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16109 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16110 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16111 \n\
16112 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16113 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16114 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16115 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16116 breakpoint set."),
16117 &maintenanceinfolist);
16118
16119 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16120 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16121 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16122 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16123
16124 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16125 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16126 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16127 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16128
16129 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16130 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16131 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16132 catch_catch_command,
16133 NULL,
16134 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16135 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16136 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16137 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16138 catch_throw_command,
16139 NULL,
16140 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16141 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16142 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16143 catch_fork_command_1,
16144 NULL,
16145 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16146 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16147 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16148 catch_fork_command_1,
16149 NULL,
16150 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16151 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16152 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16153 catch_exec_command_1,
16154 NULL,
16155 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16156 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16157 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16158 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16159 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16160 catch_load_command_1,
16161 NULL,
16162 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16163 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16164 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16165 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16166 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16167 catch_unload_command_1,
16168 NULL,
16169 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16170 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16171 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16172 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16173 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16174 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16175 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16176 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16177 catch_syscall_command_1,
16178 catch_syscall_completer,
16179 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16180 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16181
16182 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16183 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16184 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16185 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16186 an expression changes.\n\
16187 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16188 the memory to which it refers."));
16189 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16190
16191 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16192 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16193 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16194 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16195 an expression is read.\n\
16196 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16197 the memory to which it refers."));
16198 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16199
16200 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16201 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16202 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16203 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16204 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16205 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16206 the memory to which it refers."));
16207 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16208
16209 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16210 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16211
16212 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16213 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16214 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16215 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16216 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16217 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16218 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16219 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16220 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16221 hardware.)"),
16222 NULL,
16223 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16224 &setlist, &showlist);
16225
16226 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16227
16228 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16229
16230 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16231 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16232 \n"
16233 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16234 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16235 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16236
16237 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16238 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16239 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16240 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16241
16242 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16243 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16244 \n"
16245 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16246 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16247 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16248
16249 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16250 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16251 \n\
16252 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16253 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16254 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16255 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16256 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16257 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16258 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16259 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16260 the selected stack frame.\n\
16261 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16262 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16263 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16264 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16265 \n\
16266 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16267 \n\
16268 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16269 conditions are different.\n\
16270 \n\
16271 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16272 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16273 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16274
16275 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16276 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16277 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16278 last tracepoint set."));
16279
16280 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16281
16282 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16283 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16284 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16285 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16286 &deletelist);
16287
16288 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16289 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16290 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16291 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16292 &disablelist);
16293 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16294
16295 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16296 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16297 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16298 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16299 &enablelist);
16300 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16301
16302 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16303 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16304 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16305 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16306 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16307
16308 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16309 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16310 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16311 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16312
16313 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16314 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16315 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16316 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16317 session to restore them."),
16318 &save_cmdlist);
16319 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16320
16321 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16322 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16323 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16324 &save_cmdlist);
16325 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16326
16327 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16328 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16329
16330 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16331 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16332 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16333 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16334 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16335 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16336 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16337 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16338 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16339 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16340 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16341 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16342
16343 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16344 &pending_break_support, _("\
16345 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16346 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16347 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16348 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16349 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16350 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16351 NULL,
16352 show_pending_break_support,
16353 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16354 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16355
16356 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16357
16358 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16359 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16360 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16361 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16362 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16363 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16364 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16365 NULL,
16366 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16367 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16368 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16369
16370 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16371 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16372 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16373 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16374 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16375 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16376 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16377 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16378 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16379 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16380 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16381 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16382 NULL,
16383 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16384 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16385 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16386
16387 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16388 condition_evaluation_enums,
16389 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16390 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16391 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16392 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16393 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16394 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16395 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16396 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16397 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16398 be set to \"gdb\""),
16399 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16400 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16401 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16402 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16403
16404 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16405 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16406 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16407 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16408 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16409 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16410 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16411 or the start of the range\n\
16412 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16413 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16414 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16415 \n\
16416 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16417 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16418 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16419
16420 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16421 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16422 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16423 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16424 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16425 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16426 "));
16427 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16428
16429 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16430 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16431 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16432 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16433 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16434 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16435 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16436 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16437 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16438 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16439 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16440 &setlist, &showlist);
16441
16442 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16443 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16444 &dprintf_function, _("\
16445 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16446 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16447 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16448 &setlist, &showlist);
16449
16450 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16451 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16452 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16453 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16454 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16455 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16456 &setlist, &showlist);
16457
16458 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16459 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16460 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16461 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16462 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16463 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16464 NULL,
16465 NULL,
16466 &setlist, &showlist);
16467
16468 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16469 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16470 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16471
16472 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16473
16474 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16475 }